You are on page 1of 366

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

- Unwinders and Winder Customer :

LIDERSAN SAGLIK VE GIDA


URUNLERI A.S.

Serial nr.:

2014039_40_41_42

Italian : original instructions

The information contained in this manual are the property of the company A.Celli Nonwovens SpA
It is forbidden the reproduction, even in part, without the prior written consent of the company A.Celli Nonwovens SpA

The company A.Celli Nonwovens S.p.A. reserves the right to change the specifications of the product described in this
instruction manual.

Instruction Manual complies with:


Annex I (Art.1.7.4) of Directive 2006/42/EC
This manual should always accompany the machine which is related.

Updated :

19/05/2015 V 1.0

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42

Customer Lidersan Saglik

Cap/Chap 1

Machine: Unwinders and Winder

Pag. 2 di/of 2

Sections Title: Chapter_Name

Version: 1.0

This page intentionally left blank

Customer Lidersan Saglik

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42

CHAPTER 1

Machine: Unwinders and Winder

Pag. 3 ( 5 )

Sections Title: Introduction

Version: 1.0

CONTENT

CHAPTER 1.

INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................................ 7

1.1
HOW TO READ THE INSTRUCTION MANUAL ...............................................................................................10
1.2
PICTOGRAMS USED IN THE MANUAL .........................................................................................................12
1.2.1
Obligation signs .............................................................................................................................................. 13
1.2.2
Danger signs ................................................................................................................................................... 13
1.2.3
Prohibition signs.............................................................................................................................................. 14
1.2.4
Personal protective equipment ....................................................................................................................... 14
1.3
GLOSSARY ............................................................................................................................................15
CHAPTER 2.
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8

IDENTIFICATION OF THE MACHINE AND INFORMATION TO THE CUSTOMER .............17

MANUFACTURER'S IDENTIFICATION DATA .................................................................................................19


MACHINE IDENTIFICATION DATA...............................................................................................................19
CUSTOMER'S TASKS ...............................................................................................................................21
INSPECTION ...........................................................................................................................................23
GUARANTEE ..........................................................................................................................................24
CONTACT DETAILS FOR TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE ......................................................................................25
STANDARD REFERENCE ..........................................................................................................................26
ABSTRACT OF DECLARATION OF INCORPORATION OF PARTLY COMPLETED MACHINERY ...........................27

CHAPTER 3.

DESCRIPTION OF THE MACHINE .........................................................................................29

3.1
GENERAL DESCRIPTION ..........................................................................................................................31
3.1.1
Identification of the main groups.................................................................................................................... 31
3.1.2
Operating principle ......................................................................................................................................... 35
3.2
TECHNICAL DATA ...................................................................................................................................37
3.2.1
Overall dimensions and mass.......................................................................................................................... 37
3.2.2
Powers and consumption ................................................................................................................................ 38
3.2.3
Technical specifications................................................................................................................................... 41
3.2.4
Actuators......................................................................................................................................................... 44
3.2.5
Environmental operating conditions ............................................................................................................... 45
3.2.6
Noise ............................................................................................................................................................... 46
3.2.7
Vibrations ........................................................................................................................................................ 48
3.2.8
Electromagnetic interferences ........................................................................................................................ 48
3.2.9
Emissions of substances .................................................................................................................................. 49
CHAPTER 4.
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.4.1
4.4.2
4.4.3
4.5

SAFETY WARNINGS ................................................................................................................................53


TRANSPORTATION ..................................................................................................................................55
UNPACKING ...........................................................................................................................................58
HANDLING .............................................................................................................................................59
Unloading of the goods from the transport .................................................................................................... 59
Lifting the machine groups ............................................................................................................................. 60
Handling of additional equipment .................................................................................................................. 61
STORAGE AND PRESERVATION ................................................................................................................61

CHAPTER 5.
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.3.1
5.3.2
5.4

HANDLING AND TRANSPORT ..............................................................................................51

INSTALLATION .......................................................................................................................63

SAFETY WARNINGS ................................................................................................................................65


PREPARATION OF FOUNDATIONS .............................................................................................................66
MACHINE POSITIONING ...........................................................................................................................67
Anchorage procedure using mechanical foundation bolts.............................................................................. 68
Anchorage procedure by chemical bolts ......................................................................................................... 69
REMOVING BLOCKS ................................................................................................................................71

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Customer Lidersan Saglik

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42

CHAPTER 1

Machine: name

Pag. 4 ( 5 )

Sections Title: Introduction

Version: 1.0

5.5
COMPLETION OF THE ASSEMBLY............................................................................................................. 71
5.6
CONNECTION TO POWER SUPPLY ........................................................................................................... 72
5.6.1
Electrical and pneumatic ducts ...................................................................................................................... 75
5.6.2
Electric power supply connection ................................................................................................................... 76
5.6.3
Pneumatic connection .................................................................................................................................... 80
5.6.4
Hydraulic connection ...................................................................................................................................... 81
5.7
COMMISSIONING ................................................................................................................................... 95
CHAPTER 6.
6.1
6.2
6.2.1
6.2.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.5.1
6.5.2
6.5.3
6.6

GENERAL SAFETY WARNINGS ............................................................................................................... 101


SPACE REQUIRED FOR OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE .......................................................................... 104
Working area of the machine....................................................................................................................... 104
Operator's working area .............................................................................................................................. 104
LABELS APPLIED THE MACHINE ............................................................................................................. 107
RESIDUAL RISKS.................................................................................................................................. 108
DESCRIPTION OF SAFETY EQUIPMENTS ................................................................................................. 116
Safety equipments........................................................................................................................................ 117
Functional safety .......................................................................................................................................... 118
Fixed and movable guards ........................................................................................................................... 118
PROCEDURES TO BE FOLLOWED IN CASE OF ACCIDENT, BLOCK , DAMAGE OR FIRE .................................. 119

CHAPTER 7.
7.1
7.1.1
7.2
7.2.1
7.2.2
7.2.3
7.3
7.4
7.4.1
7.4.2
7.4.3
7.4.4
7.4.5
7.4.6
7.4.7
7.4.8
7.4.9
7.5
7.5.1
7.5.2
7.5.3
7.6
7.6.1
7.6.2
7.6.3
7.6.4
7.6.5
7.6.6
7.7
7.7.1
7.7.2
7.7.3

SAFETY ................................................................................................................................... 99

USE AND FUNCTIONING ..................................................................................................... 121

SAFETY WARNINGS.............................................................................................................................. 123


Personal protective equipment (PPE) ........................................................................................................... 124
INTENDED USE .................................................................................................................................... 125
Product Specifications .................................................................................................................................. 126
Dimension of Master Roll and finished reel.................................................................................................. 126
Characteristics of the cardboard cores......................................................................................................... 127
REASONABLY FORESEEABLE MISUSE .................................................................................................... 128
DESCRIPTION OF THE COMMANDS AND CONTROLS ................................................................................ 131
No-Stop Unwinder - Electrical cabinet ......................................................................................................... 131
Winder - Electrical cabinet ........................................................................................................................... 133
Extractor - Electrical cabinet ........................................................................................................................ 135
No-Stop Unwinder - Control desks ............................................................................................................... 137
Winder - Control desks ................................................................................................................................. 157
Handling - Control desks .............................................................................................................................. 163
Pneumatic control box ................................................................................................................................. 168
No-Stop Unwinder - Pneumatic control box ................................................................................................. 170
Winder - Pneumatic cabinet ......................................................................................................................... 172
OPERATOR INTERFACE ........................................................................................................................ 174
Machine configuration ................................................................................................................................. 174
No-Stop Unwinder operator interface pages ............................................................................................... 175
Winder operator interface pages ................................................................................................................. 186
W INDING PARAMETERS ........................................................................................................................ 213
Tension ......................................................................................................................................................... 213
NIP ................................................................................................................................................................ 214
Torque .......................................................................................................................................................... 216
WIT (Wound In Tension) ............................................................................................................................... 217
Draw ............................................................................................................................................................. 218
Load cells ...................................................................................................................................................... 219
TURNING ON THE MACHINE................................................................................................................... 220
Electric system start-up ................................................................................................................................ 221
Starting the hydraulic system ....................................................................................................................... 222
Run modes .................................................................................................................................................... 223

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Customer Lidersan Saglik

7.7.4
7.8
7.9
7.9.1
7.9.2
7.9.3
7.9.4
7.10
7.10.1
7.10.2
7.10.3
7.11
7.12

CHAPTER 1

Machine: Unwinders and Winder

Pag. 5 ( 5 )

Sections Title: Introduction

Version: 1.0

Start of the Machine .....................................................................................................................................224


LOADING MATERIAL TO PROCESS ..........................................................................................................233
STARTING THE WORKING CYCLE ............................................................................................................234
Automatic Cycle ............................................................................................................................................234
Semi-Automatic Cycle ...................................................................................................................................235
Manual Cycle.................................................................................................................................................235
Automatic sequences ....................................................................................................................................236
STOP ..................................................................................................................................................239
Normal Stop ..................................................................................................................................................239
Emergency stop.............................................................................................................................................239
Release and restoring after the emergency. .................................................................................................240
CHANGE OF SIZE ..................................................................................................................................240
DIAGNOSTICS AND ALARMS ...................................................................................................................241

CHAPTER 8.
8.1
8.2
8.2.1
8.3
8.3.1
8.3.2
8.3.3
8.3.4
8.3.5
8.3.6
8.4
8.4.1
8.4.2
8.5
8.5.1
8.5.2
8.5.3
8.5.4
8.5.5
8.5.6
8.5.7
8.6
8.6.1
8.6.2
8.6.3
8.7

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42

MAINTENANCE .....................................................................................................................243

SAFETY WARNINGS ..............................................................................................................................245


PROCEDURE FOR LOCKOUT AND TAGOUT .............................................................................................249
Tag, lock, clear and try procedure.................................................................................................................251
ORDINARY AND PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE ...........................................................................................258
Periodical checking........................................................................................................................................258
Safety device check .......................................................................................................................................261
Maintenance on commercial parts ...............................................................................................................262
Ordinary maintenance for electrical plant ....................................................................................................262
Maintenance of pneumatic plant..................................................................................................................264
Ordinary maintenance for oil-hydraulic plant ...............................................................................................265
LUBRICATION AND GREASING ................................................................................................................275
Automatic lubrication ...................................................................................................................................277
Manual lubrication........................................................................................................................................277
EXTRAORDINARY MAINTENANCE............................................................................................................281
Electrical cubicles ..........................................................................................................................................283
Controls panel ...............................................................................................................................................283
Safety units ...................................................................................................................................................284
Safety limit switches .....................................................................................................................................284
Dismounting of counter-knives .....................................................................................................................286
Replacement of knives ..................................................................................................................................287
Sharpening of knives and counter-knives......................................................................................................290
CLEANING............................................................................................................................................294
Removal of waste and dust ...........................................................................................................................296
Removal of waste formed .............................................................................................................................297
Removal of oils and lubricants ......................................................................................................................298
ARRANGEMENTS FOR STOPPING THE MACHINE FOR LONG PERIODS AND THEN RESTARTING......................298

CHAPTER 9.

TROUBLESHOOTING ...........................................................................................................301

9.1
SAFETY WARNINGS ..............................................................................................................................303
9.2
W INDING DEFECTS AND SOLUTIONS ......................................................................................................303
9.2.1
Telescopic effect ............................................................................................................................................305
9.2.2
Ramps ...........................................................................................................................................................306
9.2.3
Interference rings ..........................................................................................................................................307
9.2.4
J-Line .............................................................................................................................................................308
9.2.5
Stars by the core ...........................................................................................................................................309
9.2.6
Side-skid of the web ......................................................................................................................................310
9.2.7
Troubleshooting for the longitudinal cutting system ....................................................................................310
CHAPTER 10.

DISMANTLING AND DISPOSAL ..........................................................................................325

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Customer Lidersan Saglik

10.1
10.2

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42

CHAPTER 1

Machine: name

Pag. 6 ( 5 )

Sections Title: Introduction

Version: 1.0

SAFETY WARNINGS.............................................................................................................................. 327


DISASSEMBLY AND DISPOSAL PROCEDURE............................................................................................ 328

CHAPTER 11.

SPARE PARTS ..................................................................................................................... 329

11.1
HOW TO ORDER SPARE PARTS ............................................................................................................. 331
11.1.1 Type of Spare Parts ...................................................................................................................................... 331
11.1.2 Spare parts ordering instructions ................................................................................................................. 332
CHAPTER 12.
12.1
12.2
12.3
12.4
12.5
12.6
12.7
12.8
12.9
12.10
12.11
12.12
12.13
12.14
12.15
12.16

REEL HANDLING ................................................................................................................. 335

INFORMATION...................................................................................................................................... 337
GENERAL INFORMATION ...................................................................................................................... 340
SYSTEM COMPONENTS........................................................................................................................ 342
GENERAL SAFETY PLAN ...................................................................................................................... 344
PACKING INFORMATION ....................................................................................................................... 345
TRANSPORT ........................................................................................................................................ 346
HANDLING........................................................................................................................................... 347
SAFETY MEASURES ............................................................................................................................. 349
MACHINE INSTALLATION....................................................................................................................... 350
MACHINE START UP ............................................................................................................................ 352
AUTOMATIC FUNCTION ........................................................................................................................ 352
TROUBLE SHOOTING ........................................................................................................................... 354
MAINTENANCE .................................................................................................................................... 355
SETTING AND REPLACEMENT OF W ORN OR BROKEN COMPONENTS ..................................................... 357
MACHINE DISMANTLING ....................................................................................................................... 360
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION .................................................................................................................. 361

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42

Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 1

Machine: Unwinders and Winder

Pag. 7 ( 10 )

Sections Title: Introduction

Version: 1.0

EN

CHAPTER 1.

INTRODUCTION

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42

Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 1

Machine: name

Pag. 8 ( 10 )

Sections Title: Introduction

Version: 1.0

This page intentionally left blank.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42

Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 1

Machine: Unwinders and Winder

Pag. 9 ( 10 )

Sections Title: Introduction

Version: 1.0

The instruction manual and drawings are owned by the A.Celli Nonwovens s.p.a.. drawings, diagrams
and any other document delivered with the machine are the property of the company A.Celli
Nonwovens s.p.a. which reserves all rights and that no can be made available to third parties. It is
therefore forbidden the reproduction (in any form), even partial, of the contents, text or illustrations.
The entire document is protected under copyright law.
The company A.Celli Nonwovens s.p.a. also reserves the right to exercise the rights of industrial
protection.
This instruction book is to be considered an integral part of the machine and it contains all the
necessary instructions to carry out the following operations with no risks whatsoever:
- Transportation
- Installation
- Assembling and dismantling
- Putting into service
- Adjustment
- Machine usage
- Maintenance and repairing operations
- Spare parts

This instruction book provides also:


- the information about the machine;
- the safety precautions to be observed for the safe use of the machine

NOTE
THE ORIGINAL INSTRUCTIONS ARE WRITTEN IN ITALIAN. THE INSTRUCTIONS IN OTHER
LANGUAGES IS A TRANSLATION OF THE ORIGINAL INSTRUCTIONS.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Introduction

CHAPTER 1

Pag. 10 ( 10 )
Version: 1.0

NOTE
THE MACHINE IS TO BE UTILIZED BY AUTHORISED PERSONNEL ONLY, AFTER BEING FULLY
TRAINED AND ADEQUATELY INFORMED, ACCORDING TO THE KIND OF ACTIVITY TO BE
CARRIED OUT.

THIS INSTRUCTION BOOK HAS BEEN WRITTEN FOR THESE USERS.

THIS INSTRUCTION MANUAL SHOULD BE RETAINED FOR FUTURE REFERENCE. STORE IN A


SAFE PLACE. IN CASE OF LOSS OR WHEN DEEMED APPROPRIATE, REQUEST AN ADDITIONAL
COPY TO THE TECHNICAL SERVICE OF A.CELLI NONWOVENS S.P.A..

THE ORIGINAL INSTRUCTIONS ARE IN ITALIAN. ALL OTHER LANGUAGES ARE TRANSLATIONS
OF THE ORIGINAL INSTRUCTIONS.

1.1

HOW TO READ THE INSTRUCTION MANUAL

This instruction book tells how to use and carry out maintenance works on the machine, in
accordance with safety rules.
The instruction book is made up of 2 Volumes:
- Volume 1: declaration of conformity; technical data of the machine; the documentation concerning
its usage and maintenance and the spare parts list.
- Volume 2: electrical, pneumatic and hydraulic diagrams.

This instruction book is made up of 11 chapters, and their content is described in the preliminary
index.
The folder "\ Drw" is part of the instruction manual and it contains the assembly drawings and
diagrams of the machine. To open the link in a new window with Acrobat Reader click on the link by
pressing the CTRL key.
The sequence of chapters responds to the temporal logic of the machine life.
Terms, abbreviations and pictograms, whose meaning is shown in the following paragraphs are used
to facilitate the text understanding immediacy.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 1

Pag. 11 ( 10 )

Sections Title: Introduction

Version: 1.0

Procedure for Operator Procedure for Electrical Engineer Procedure for Mechanical Engineer

EN
All the commentaries, warnings and important instructions which must be carefully followed in order to
avoid any possible damage to the machine or injuries to the workers, have been highlighted in bold
characters.

At the top of each page of Volume 1, a number shows the version of the instruction book.
Version 1.0 (V 1.0): it is the first version of the instruction book and comes together with the machine.
Version 1.1 (V 1.1): if during the start-up of the machine some function is changed, in order to be
optimized, and should this affect the information contained in the present instruction book, then
version 1.1 will be released.
The following versions will be issued with progressive and increasing numbers.
The two volumes can be separately updated, this is why their version number may not correspond.
In case of updating, only the changed volume will be sent to the customer.
The higher the number, the more up-to-date is the version.
The paragraph "General safety warnings a pag. 101" is included in Chapter 6 of the manual
(Volume 1). These warnings refer to the machine in general, during its life and operation.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Introduction

CHAPTER 1

Pag. 12 ( 10 )
Version: 1.0

The "Safety warnings" paragraph is at the beginning of each chapter. These warnings apply to the
machine and to the operator for the operations related to the chapter.
If necessary, in the paragraph, are reported the safety warnings relating to the operation described in
that paragraph.
The instruction manual is prepared to the time of production. The A.Celli Nonwovens s.p.a. reserves
the right to make changes to the production and to the manual, without entailing the obligation to
update products and prior manuals.

NOTE
ALWAYS READ THE SECTION "SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS" AT THE BEGINNING OF THE CHAPTER,
BEFORE PERFORMING AN OPERATION DESCRIBED IN A PARAGRAPH.

1.2

PICTOGRAMS USED IN THE MANUAL

Symbol

Explanation
Hazardous area. Any area within and/or around a machine in which the presence
of a person constitutes a risk to safety and health of that person
Operator. It is the person informed, qualified and authorized by the buyer who
receives the task to run the machine with active guards through the use of
controls that are placed on the operator panel.
Mechanic Maintenance Engineer. It is the technician qualified and authorized by
the buyer who is able to install, repair, perform ordinary and extraordinary
maintenance, and any setup operation exclusively of mechanical type on the
machine.
Electrical Maintenance Engineer (person trained and instructed as indicated
in EN 50110). It is the technician qualified and authorized by the buyer who is
able to install, repair, perform ordinary and extraordinary maintenance, and any
setup operation exclusively of electrical type on the machine.
Manufacturer's technician with mechanical skills. It is the manufacturer's
technician who must be consulted to perform mechanical operations of complex
and/or detailed type on the machine.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Symbol

Sections Title: Introduction

CHAPTER 1

Pag. 13 ( 10 )
Version: 1.0

Explanation
Manufacturer's technician with electrical skills (trained and experienced
person as indicated in EN 50110). It is the manufacturer's technician who must
be consulted to perform electrical operations of complex and/or detailed type on
the machine.

DANGER

Serious or fatal injury

WARNING

Possibility of serious or fatal injury or death

ATTENTION

Possibility of minor or insignificant injury or damage to the machine


Useful information

NOTE

1.2.1 OBLIGATION SIGNS


Symbol

Explanation
Obligation to read the instructions

Protection of hands with gloves mandatory

Wearing overalls for body protection mandatory

Wearing the safety helmet mandatory

Wearing safety shoes mandatory

1.2.2 DANGER SIGNS


Symbol

Explanation
General hazard
Hazard of electric shock, live elements

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Symbol

Sections Title: Introduction

Explanation
Hot surface hazard

1.2.3 PROHIBITION SIGNS


Symbol

Explanation
Access denied to unauthorized personnel

Do not extinguish fire with water

Do not touch

Do not work on moving members

Do not remove the safety device

No smoking

1.2.4 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT


Symbol

Explanation
Required to protect your hands with gloves

Required to wear glasses for eye protection

Required to wear the suit for the protection of the body

Required to wear a protective helmet

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

CHAPTER 1

Pag. 14 ( 10 )
Version: 1.0

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Symbol

Sections Title: Introduction

CHAPTER 1

Pag. 15 ( 10 )
Version: 1.0

Explanation
Required to wear headphones for hearing protection

Required to wear safety footwear


EN
Required to wear the mask for face protection

Required to wear protective respiratory

1.3

GLOSSARY

Term
Tension

Nip

Description
Force. The tension of a material is obtained with equal and opposite forces that
pull the sheet.
Average linear load between main drum and winding reel, acting along the
direction that connects their centers.
Measure the action necessary to cause a rotation, equal to the force multiplied by

Torque

the perpendicular distance between the line of action of the force and the center
of rotation.

WIT

Wound In Tension. Tension actually applied to the individual turns in the wrapped
reel .

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 1

Pag. 16 ( 10 )

Sections Title: Introduction

This page intentionally left blank

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Version: 1.0

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Identification

of the machine and information to the

CHAPTER 2

Pag. 17 ( 12 )
Version: 1.0

EN

CHAPTER 2.

IDENTIFICATION OF THE MACHINE


AND INFORMATION TO THE
CUSTOMER

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 2

Pag. 18 ( 12 )

Sections Title: Identification

of the machine and information to the

This page intentionally left blank.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Version: 1.0

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42

CHAPTER 2

Machine: Unwinders and Winder


Customer Lidersan Saglik

2.1

Sections Title: Identification

Pag. 19 ( 12 )

of the machine and information to the

Version: 1.0

MANUFACTURER'S IDENTIFICATION DATA


A.CELLI NONWOVENS S.P.A.
VIA ROMANA OVEST, 252
55016 PORCARI - LUCCA - ITALY
EN

2.2

MACHINE IDENTIFICATION DATA

The serial number of the whole plant is:


2014039
2014040
2014041
2014042
Reference drawing for General layout is :
p9579p_R11.pdf

The plant is composed of the following machines :


Ref.

Description

78100000 No Stop Unwinder - NW

2014039

78100000 No Stop Unwinder - PE

2014040

66300000 Windy Custom

2014041

42000000 Core loader

2014042

52200000 Extractor

2014042

The drawings with 2014039 identify the No Stop Unwinder for NW.
The drawings with 2014040 identify the No Stop Unwinder for PE.
The drawings with 2014041 identify the Winder.
The drawings with 2014042 identify the Extractor.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 2

Pag. 20 ( 12 )

Sections Title: Identification

of the machine and information to the

Unwinder - Label plate

Unwinder - Label plate

Winder - label plate

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Version: 1.0

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Identification

of the machine and information to the

CHAPTER 2

Pag. 21 ( 12 )
Version: 1.0

EN

Extractor Label Plate

2.3

CUSTOMER'S TASKS

NOTE
THE CUSTOMER MUST INFORM THE A.CELLI NONWOVENS S.P.A. PERSONNEL INSTALLING,
STARTING UP AND SETTING THE MACHINE, OF ALL THE INTERNAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
REGULATIONS.

The Customer is kindly asked to collaborate with such personnel, giving them, in case of need, all the
suitable technical support (tools, equipment, lifting and handling devices).
The assembling, in fact, is often carried out far away from home and it may not be easy, in such
cases, to have all the necessary equipment ready at hand.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Identification

CHAPTER 2

Pag. 22 ( 12 )
of the machine and information to the

Version: 1.0

The Customer must make available to the A.Celli Nonwovens s.p.a. personnel Toilet equipped with
showers with hot and cold water and detergents for cleaning the hands and body.

In addition, there must be a suitable place to allow the consumption of food and drink while on the job.

The Customer must appoint a manager to which technicians can refer to in case of need or
emergency. The person in charge must always be present when the A.Celli Nonwovens s.p.a.
personnel are at work at the Customer's plant.

NOTE
THE CUSTOMER MUST ARRANGE AN ADEQUATE AREA WHERE TO LOCATE THE MACHINE,
ACCORDING TO THE INDICATIONS GIVEN IN THE FOUNDATION LAYOUT DRAWING, SUPPLIED
BY THE MANUFACTURER.

The customer must assign specific areas for the unloading, storing, installation and testing
operations of the machine.
Such areas must be guarded with barriers, their access being prevented to everybody, unless A.Celli
Nonwovens s.p.a. authorised personnel, who is responsible for the machine installation, give
permission to enter. In such areas, safety must not be jeopardised by the functioning of other
machines or by the arising of dangerous situations. If so, the machines must be stopped and the
dangerous situations made harmless by the Customer.
If this is not technically possible, the Customer must assume formal responsibility for this and give
adequate information to A.Celli Nonwovens s.p.a. personnel about the risks and how to perform these
operations safety.
The Customer must supply all the requested electricity supply (both power and auxiliary
supplies), according to the specifications indicated in the manual ( Technical data a pag. 37 ).

The customer must supply the requested clean and dry compressed air, according to the
specifications indicated in the order confirmation.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Identification

of the machine and information to the

CHAPTER 2

Pag. 23 ( 12 )
Version: 1.0

NOTE
THE CUSTOMER MUST FOLLOW ALL THE INFORMATION AND WARNINGS SPECIFIED IN THIS
INSTRUCTION BOOK OR VERBALLY TRANSMITTED BY TECHNICIANS OF A.CELLI NONWOVENS
S.P.A., WITH REGARD TO SAFELY PERFORMING TRANSPORTATION, INSTALLATION,
ASSEMBLING AND DISASSEMBLING, STARTING UP, SETTING, MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRING
OF THE MACHINE.

2.4

INSPECTION

The inspection includes all actions and tests aimed at certifying the potential reaching of all project
specifications. The machine must reach these specifications in the expected operating conditions.
The inspection is usually carried out at the customer's plant.
Upon completion of commissioning, the machine will be subjected to the tests set at the time the
contract. In addition, the specific controls will be carried out to verify the structures of a security.
Below is the facsimile of the form to perform the safety tests:
Visual check

Result

The protections are installed in accordance with the reference design ?


The fixed and movable guards are installed ?
There are devices of the type lockable energy isolation ?
Emergency stop buttons are installed in accordance with the reference design ?
They are installed and readily visible from control places the indicator lights red
and yellow ?
Are clearly identified control devices ?
It was affixed safety signs in accordance with the reference design ?

Functional check
Switch Tripping the general electricity
General pneumatic shut-off valve
General hydraulic shut-off valve
lighting
Control systems
The beeps and light machine startup .

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Result

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Identification

CHAPTER 2

Pag. 24 ( 12 )
of the machine and information to the

Functional check

Version: 1.0

Result

Limits of speed ( 10m/min )


Emergency buttons
Bumper cables and emergency
mats
Interlocked movable guards
Bells and warning lights

Training

Result

Did you follow the training for the operators?


Did you follow the training for maintainers ?

Documentation

Result

Label with CE marking


Declaration of Conformity
Manual written in different languages
drawings total
Wiring diagrams
pneumatic diagrams
hydraulic diagrams
Verbal testing electrical installations
Verbal test equipment specifications

2.5

GUARANTEE

The guarantee is valid as specified in the contract (see relevant paragraph). The guarantee covers
the replacement of any possible defective parts in the shortest possible time, according to the
conditions specified in the contract.
The guarantee does not include the travelling expenses of the technicians, nor does it cover those
parts subjected to normal wear and tear (knives, blades, belts, fuses, etc.).
USING ONLY ORIGINAL A.CELLI NONWOVENS S.P.A. SPARE PARTS DURING
THE GUARANTEE PERIOD OF THE MACHINE IS COMPULSORY.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42

CHAPTER 2

Machine: Unwinders and Winder


Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Identification

Pag. 25 ( 12 )

of the machine and information to the

Version: 1.0

In case you are not using original components from A.Celli Nonwovens s.p.a. or
from suppliers specifically indicated by the manufacturer, the guarantee shall lapse
immediately. The company A.Celli Nonwovens s.p.a. assumes no responsibility for
damage to persons or property resulting from the use of non-original spare parts.
EN

2.6

CONTACT DETAILS FOR TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE

Through its CUSTOMER CARE Department, A.Celli Nonwovens s.p.a. provides the customer with
suitable assistance to examine and solve any problems which may arise during the use of the
machines.
For any problems, just contact us at the following:
A.CELLI NONWOVENS S.P.A.
VIA ROMANA OVEST, 252
55016 PORCARI - LUCCA - ITALY

Type

Number

Note

Phone

+39 0583 2117932/2117935

(Italy, Middle East, America)

Phone

+39 0583 2117933/2117934

(Europe, Far East, Australia, Africa)

fax

+39 0583 2117990

mail

service@acelli.it

web

www.acellinonwovens.com

Hotline

+39 0583 2117999

H24

The Hotline technical assistance service is active H24.


During office hours, our CUSTOMER CARE Department will answer you (08.00 17.30 GMT+1).

After office hours, a qualified technician will answer. He will be able to give the customer all the
necessary technical support to help solve any possible problems.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Identification

CHAPTER 2

Pag. 26 ( 12 )
of the machine and information to the

Version: 1.0

Concerning the specific information for use and functioning of the Hotline service, please contact our
CUSTOMER CARE.
The preliminary contact will be more useful if the customer can provide complete and precise
information, with particular reference to:
- Machine serial number;
- Troubles of the machine;
- Particular conditions in which such troubles have been registered;
- Anomalies noticed with respect to the normal functioning;
- Is it possible to root the cause of the breakdown or damage?
- Did the breakdown or damage happen in the past?
- Did the customer already try to give an answer to the problem?
- Did the customer already introduce corrective actions?

2.7

STANDARD REFERENCE

The machine has been designed and built taking into consideration the particular aspects of
safeguarding the health and safety of workers. To achieve this objective , the manufacturer has
conformed with the state of the current technique, inspired by some of its design choices with the
harmonized standards.
The main directive of reference is the Machinery Directive

2006/42/CE

Were also taken as reference the following directives

2006/95/CE
2004/108/CE

In accordance with the provisions of the Machinery Directive, the machine has been designed and
built in compliance with harmonized standards EN reference and in particular:
Safety requirements for the design and construction of machines for the production
and finishing of the paper. Part 1: Common requirements
Safety requirements for the design and construction of machines for the production
and finishing of the paper. Part 3: Winders and slitters, folding machines

EN1034-1

EN1034-3

They were also applied the principles set out in the following harmonized standard
EN12100
EN 13857

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Identification

CHAPTER 2

Pag. 27 ( 12 )

of the machine and information to the

Version: 1.0

EN 349
EN 953
EN 13850
EN 13849-1
EN 4413
EN 4414
EN 60204-1

Machinery manufactured in conformity with a harmonized standard, the reference for which has been
published in the Official Journal of the European Union, are presumed to comply with the essential
safety and health protection covered by such a harmonized standard.

2.8

ABSTRACT OF DECLARATION OF INCORPORATION OF PARTLY


COMPLETED MACHINERY

The manufacturer :
Name

A.Celli Nonwovens s.p.a.

Address

Via Romana Ovest, 252 - 55016 Porcari, Lucca - Italy

Declares that the machine described below, fulfills the following essential requirements of the
Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC:
1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7 ANNEX I

Also declares that the relevant technical documentation is compiled in accordance with part B of
Annex VII.

The partly completed machinery (previously identified) fulfills also these directives :
2004/108/CE (Electromagnetic Compatibility)
2006/95/EC (Low tension)

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 2

Pag. 28 ( 12 )

Sections Title: Identification

of the machine and information to the

Version: 1.0

A.Celli Nonwovens s.p.a. undertakes to transmit (by e-mail), in response to a reasoned request by the
national authorities, relevant information on the partly completed machinery.

THE PARTLY COMPLETED MACHINERY MUST NOT BE PUT INTO SERVICE UNTIL THE FINAL
MACHINERY INTO WHICH IT IS TO BE INCORPORATED HAS BEEN DECLARED IN
CONFORMITY WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THE MACHINERY DIRECTIVE 2006/42/EC.
MACHINE DESCRIPTION
Model :

Uninders + Winder

Type :

781-663-420-522

Serial Nr. :

2014039-40-41-42

Year of construction :

2015

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Description

of the machine

CHAPTER 3

Pag. 29 ( 22 )
Version: 1.0

EN

CHAPTER 3.

DESCRIPTION OF THE MACHINE

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 3

Pag. 30 ( 22 )

Sections Title: Description

of the machine

This page intentionally left blank.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Version: 1.0

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

3.1

Sections Title: Description

of the machine

CHAPTER 3

Pag. 31 ( 22 )
Version: 1.0

GENERAL DESCRIPTION

3.1.1 IDENTIFICATION OF THE MAIN GROUPS


The plant is composed of the following machines:
UNWINDER NO STOP BY REVOLVER

Pos.

Group

Description

781M100022D

Frames group

781L000022X

Frames group

781J9000XXS

Chucks 6"

781E8000XXX

Chucks 6"

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 3

Pag. 32 ( 22 )

Sections Title: Description

of the machine

Pos.

Group

Description

781O200022X

Paper roll 167

781F1000XXD

Chucks adjustment

781J9000XXD

Chucks 6"

781J800022D

Cross cut

781L700022X

Cross cut with toothed blade

10

781L200022D

Dancing roll

11

781L500022X

Cross cut Frames

12

781E7000XXX

Revolver rotation

13

78308000XXX

Potentiometer

14

781F9000XXX

Laser for check diameter

15

781M500022D

Safety guard

16

781L300022X

Paper roll 127

17

781M000022X

Cross cut group mobile detents

UNWINDER NO STOP BY REVOLVER

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Version: 1.0

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Description

of the machine

Pos.

Group

Description

781M300022S

Frames group

781L000022X

Frames group

781J9000XXS

Chucks 6"

781E8000XXX

Chucks 6"

781O200022X

Paper roll 167

781F1000XXS

Chucks adjustment

781J9000XXD

Chucks 6"

781J800022S

Cross cut

781L700022X

Cross cut with toothed blade

10

781L200022S

Dancing roll

11

781L900022X

Cross cut Frames

12

781E7000XXX

Revolver rotation

13

78308000XXX

Potentiometer

14

781F9000XXX

Laser for check diameter

15

781P700022S

Safety guard

16

781L800022X

Web threading path

17

781L400022S

Web slides

18

781L300022X

Paper roll 127

19

781M600022S

Walkway group

20

781M000022X

Cross cut group mobile detents

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

CHAPTER 3

Pag. 33 ( 22 )
Version: 1.0

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 3

Pag. 34 ( 22 )

Sections Title: Description

of the machine

WINDER

Pos.

Group

Description

663F700022X

Windy frames group

663N800022X

Drive drum for axial helper

663N500022D

Cross cut with toothed blade

663G300022D

Cross cut with toothed blade

663H100022D

Shaft loading device

6632900022X

6" expandable shaft

6631800022X

Expandable cut roll

6628500022X

Load cell roll

66386000XXX

D.150 knife independent lock.

10

663H300022X

Web slides

11

663D3000XXD

Cams group

12

663D100022D

Spool storage

13

6636200022X

Trim suction device

14

663H0000XXX

Main drive

15

663C500022D

Sus roll carriages

16

663C100022D

Sus roll

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Version: 1.0

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Description

of the machine

Pos.

Group

Description

17

663C900022D

Arm for reel unloading

18

663G600022X

Knives beam

19

6639200022X

Safety mechanical sensor

20

663F900022D

S-Wrap roll

21

663H600022X

Paper roll 198

22

663F800022D

Bowed rolls d.175 group

23

663G500022D

Safety guard

24

66391000XXX

Encoder

25

663G0000XXD

Secondary power drive assembly

26

663C300022X

Frames group

27

663H700022X

Elettorstatic bar

28

663F400022X

Counter-knives dust removal system

29

663F400022X

Counter-knives dust removal system

CHAPTER 3

Pag. 35 ( 22 )
Version: 1.0

3.1.2 OPERATING PRINCIPLE


3.1.2.1

NON STOP UNWINDER

The Non Stop Unwinder with Revolver is a machine for carrying out the Master Rolls of material. In
particular, the present unwinder born to carry reels of non-woven fabric continuously, without
interruption of the production cycle.

The unwinder is composed from a section of unwinding with 2 stations and a cutting section.

The product carried out passes through a dancer group that controls the tension via a lever system
controlled by pneumatic cylinders.

When the reel in progress must be replaced, the machine rotates and brings into the working position
a new reel, previously prepared. The system takes care of matching the new web with the one in
progress and to cut it. This operation allows to not stop the plant to replace the finished reel.

The reel is held in rotation by effect of an electric motor mounted in axis.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Description

CHAPTER 3

Pag. 36 ( 22 )
of the machine

Version: 1.0

The cycle of unwinding and doffing is fully automatic and can be done at a constant speed without
going to affect the production cycle of the non-woven fabric placed downstream of the machine.
The cutting system of the product is constituted by a retractable toothed blade.
3.1.2.2

WINDER

The Winder is a machine for winding in Master Roll the materials produced in the form of web
continuously with indefinite length. In particular, this Winder is designed to wind non-woven fabric
material on rolls which are then subsequently processed to obtain finished products used in various
industrial sectors among which we mention : articles on hygiene and health , filtration systems,
products for the automotive sector, items for civilian use, products used in agriculture and in the
construction industry, and in general technical articles .
Inside of the Winder, the product is processed by a winding system, typically a winding roller, which is
pressed against the Master Roll being formed around a special winding shaft.
The Master Roll is kept in rotation due to the tangential stress exerted on its periphery from the
winding roller. The shaft on which is formed the Master Roll lays on guides and it is held against the
winding roller by means of suitable supports. Once the Master Roll has been completed, the web
material is cut and a new winding shaft is inserted close to the winder roller .
The winding cycle and exchange (doffing) is fully automatic and can be done at a constant speed
without going to affect the production cycle of the nonwoven fabric.
SLITTO SYSTEM
The cutting unit "Slitto" is composed by independent cutting groups, each one with its knife and
counter-knife.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42

CHAPTER 3

Machine: Unwinders and Winder


Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Description

Pag. 37 ( 22 )

of the machine

Version: 1.0

EN

The cutting units slide on guides by means of recirculating ball bearings and to adjusting the cut
position is used a rack and pinion system.
The counter-knives are made from the section mounted on motorized expandable shaft.
Compressed air is directed to the knife holder by one collector that control both movements of
advancing and approaching.

NOTE
MORE INFORMATION ARE WRITTEN IN THE USE CHAPTER " INTENDED USE A PAG. 125 "

3.2

TECHNICAL DATA

3.2.1 OVERALL DIMENSIONS AND MASS


The overall dimensions of the machine refer to the assembly drawing:
p9579p_R11.pdf

Technical data

Units

Value

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42

CHAPTER 3

Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Description

Pag. 38 ( 22 )
of the machine

Version: 1.0

Technical data

Units

Value

Length

mm

30'500

Width

mm

11'000

High

mm

5'000

Gross weight

Kg

150'000

3.2.2 POWERS AND CONSUMPTION


ELECTRICAL DATA
Technical data
Electric power supply (are not permissible range larger
than +/- 10%)

U.M.

Value

400

Number of phases

3 ph

Auxiliary

Vac

230

Field

Vdc

24

Hz

50

Frequency (Not larger than +/- 1% of nominal frequency


continually, and than +/-2 % for short time)
Type of connection of the grounding of the power supply
Safety level according to EN 60529/10.91. for electrical
cabinets of power

TN
IP

55

Regulations reference

IEC 60204-1

Electrical cabinet room presence

No

Radiation

No

Vibrations, quake

No

special installations

No

EMC

No

Laser

Yes

Output power cables electrical cabinet

From down

PLC

Siemens S7

Data transmission network

Profibus DP MPI

Data communication network from A.Celli to Customer

Ethernet TCP/IP

PLC development software

Step 7

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42

CHAPTER 3

Machine: Unwinders and Winder


Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Description

Pag. 39 ( 22 )

of the machine

Technical data

Version: 1.0

U.M.

Supervision software

Value
WinCC
Desktop + Industrial

Supervision PC

Monitor

EN
PNEUMATIC DATA
The data in the following table shows the air consumption during the different working steps.
Machine

Steps

U.M.

Value

Winder

Threading

Nl/min

4'500

Normal functioning

Nl/min

600

Doffing cycle

Nl/min

1'600

Threading

Nl/min

2'500

Normal functioning

Nl/min

600

Doffing cycle

Nl/min

1'800

Corecutter

Each cycle

Nl/min

1'250

No Stop Unwinder

Threading

Nl/min

2'800

Normal functioning

Nl/min

700

Doffing cycle

Nl/min

1'300

Threading

Nl/min

4'500

Normal functioning

Nl/min

700

Doffing cycle

Nl/min

2'000

Rewinder

Winder

3.2.2.2

ELECTRIC WIRING DIAGRAM

The wiring diagram of reference for the NW Unwinder is :


2014039_GB.pdf

The wiring diagram of reference for the PE Unwinder is :

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Description

Pag. 40 ( 22 )
of the machine

2014040_GB.pdf

The wiring diagram of reference for the Winder is:


2014041_GB.pdf

The wiring diagram of reference for the Extractor is:


2014042_GB.pdf

3.2.2.3

PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM

The pneumatic diagram of reference for the NW Unwinder is :


2014039_PD.pdf

The pneumatic diagram of reference for the PE Unwinder is :


2014040_PD.pdf

The pneumatic diagram of reference for the winder is:


2014041_PD.pdf

The pneumatic diagram of reference for the Extractor is:


2014042_PD.pdf

3.2.2.4

CHAPTER 3

HYDRAULIC DIAGRAM

The hydraulic diagram of reference for the winder is:


2014041-S.pdf

2014041-L.pdf

NOTE

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Version: 1.0

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42

CHAPTER 3

Machine: Unwinders and Winder


Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Description

Pag. 41 ( 22 )

of the machine

Version: 1.0

MORE INFORMATION ARE WRITTEN IN THE INSTALLATION CHAPTER " CONNECTION TO


POWER SUPPLY A PAG. 72 "

3.2.3 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS


3.2.3.1

NO STOP UNWINDER - SPECIFICATIONS

EN

Technical data

Unit

Value

Master Roll (min - max)

mm

500 1'500

Web width

mm

1'000 2'200

Mechanical speed

m/min

850

Production speed

m/min

800

Threading speed

m/min

10

Cross cut type

Toothed blade

Longitudinal cut type

Master roll weight (max)

kg

1'200

Minimum width of cut

mm

Trim exhauster

No

Centralized lubrication

No

Number of shafts supplied

shaft

mm

6"

Transmission system

AC Motors

Motor side

Right

Operator side

Left

Control panel side

Left

Machine frame color

RAL 9002

Control desk, control box, and electrical

RAL 7035

cabinet color
Taper effect

No

Variable nip

No

Compressed air (Clean and dry)

bar

Cable ducts

In aerial ducts

Unwinder axial alignment (+/-75mm)

Yes

Tension control

Dancer roll

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42

CHAPTER 3

Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Description

Pag. 42 ( 22 )
of the machine

MOTORS INSTALLED
Quantity

Description

Nr. 1

Revolver

Nr. 1

Cut group

Nr. 1

Press roll

Nr. 2

Mandrels

3.2.3.2

NO STOP UNWINDER - SPECIFICATIONS

Technical data

Unit

Value

Master Roll (min - max)

mm

1'200

Web width

mm

1'000 2'200

Mechanical speed

m/min

850

Production speed

m/min

800

Threading speed

m/min

10

Cross cut type

Toothed blade

Longitudinal cut type

Master roll weight (max)

kg

2'300

Minimum width of cut

mm

Trim exhauster

No

Centralized lubrication

No

Number of shafts supplied

shaft

mm

6"

Transmission system

AC Motors

Motor side

Left

Operator side

Right

Control panel side

Right

Machine frame color

RAL 9002

Control desk, control box, and electrical


cabinet color

RAL 7035

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Version: 1.0

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42

CHAPTER 3

Machine: Unwinders and Winder


Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Description

Technical data

Pag. 43 ( 22 )

of the machine

Unit

Value

Taper effect

No

Variable nip

No

Compressed air (Clean and dry)

bar

Version: 1.0

Cable ducts

In aerial ducts

Unwinder axial alignment (+/-75mm)

Yes

Tension control

Dancer roll

MOTORS INSTALLED
Quantity

Description

Nr. 1

Revolver

Nr. 1

Cut group

Nr. 1

Press roll

Nr. 2

Mandrels

3.2.3.3

WINDER - SPECIFICATIONS

Technical data

Unit

Value

Mechanical speed

m/min

850

Production speed

m/min

800

Threading speed

m/min

10

Cross cut type

Toothed blade

Longitudinal cut type

Expandable shaft with cutting shells

Cut units n

10

Minimum width of cut

mm

Trim exhauster

Yes - up to fan

Centralized lubrication

No

Number of shafts supplied

4 - Expandible

shaft

mm

6"

Transmission system

AC Motors

Motor side

Right

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42

CHAPTER 3

Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Description

Pag. 44 ( 22 )
of the machine

Technical data

Unit

Value

Operator side

Left

Control panel side

Left

Machine frame, control desk and control

RAL 9002

box color
Electrical cabinet color

RAL 7035

Taper effect

Yes

Variable nip

Version: 1.0

bar

Yes (setting pressure by operator panel)

Compressed air (Clean and dry)

Cable routing

In aerial ducts

Shaft storage

Yes

Shaft launcher

Yes

S-Wrap

Yes - Press roll

SUS

Yes

INSTALLED MOTORS
Quantity

Description

Nr. 1

Leading roll and bowed roll transmission

Nr. 1

Driving roll transmission

Nr. 1

Cut Group

3.2.4 ACTUATORS
The machine has various actuators to perform the movements required to operate the Machine. The
actuators are constituted by electric power, pneumatic and hydraulic systems.
Here are the references to the drawings in which they are called cylinders, motors and all the
elements that move the parts of the machine, complete with technical specifications.
No Stop Unwinder reference drawing:
2014039.pdf

No Stop Unwinder reference drawing:

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42

CHAPTER 3

Machine: Unwinders and Winder


Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Description

Pag. 45 ( 22 )

of the machine

Version: 1.0

2014040.pdf

Winder reference drawing:


2014041.pdf

2014042.pdf

EN

3.2.5 ENVIRONMENTAL OPERATING CONDITIONS


The machine must be installed, used and kept in a covered working environment under controlled
microclimatic, environmental and lighting conditions, which are in keeping with the legislative
parameters for safety and hygiene in the working areas in force in the country of installation.
Technical data

U.M.

Value

Working temperature

+15 / +40 C

Stocking temperature:

+25 / +55 C

Relative humidity

>80%

Max working altitude (*)

1000

(*) In the event of higher altitudes contact the manufacturer.


3.2.5.1

EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERE

The machine must not be used in potentially explosive atmospheres.


3.2.5.2

LIGHTING

CAUTION
THE MACHINE IS EQUIPPED WITH A LIGHTING SYSTEM IN THE AREA OF THE
SLITTO TO ALLOW THE OPERATOR THE POSITIONING OF THE KNIVES AND
COUNTER-KNIVES. IN GENERAL, TO WORK, THE MACHINE USES THE
ILLUMINATION PROVIDED TO THE INSTALLATION SITE. THE MACHINE MUST
NEVER BE OPERATED IN DARK AREAS.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42

CHAPTER 3

Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Description

Pag. 46 ( 22 )
of the machine

Version: 1.0

3.2.6 NOISE
This chapter contains information on the "noise" produced by the machine, as required by the
European Directive 2006/42/EC, and amendments.
The measurement is done in the working position of the Operator, close to the control panel and in
any working and control position of the machine. It is done also in other points around the machine.
The referenced standard is EN 13023.
LEQ <= LEQ DB (A)
LPC <= LPC DB (C)
Meaning of symbols:
LEQ : Equivalent continuous sound pressure level at the Operator position.
LPC : peak level of C-weighted sound pressure level at the Operator position.

3.2.6.1

MEASUREMENT

From the evaluation of noise produced by the machine, the weighted sound pressure level "A" in the
workplace appears to be less than 83 db (A).
Description
LEQ : Equivalent continuous sound pressure level
at the Operator position.
LPC : Peak level of C-weighted sound pressure
level at the Operator position.
LWA : A-weighted sound power level.

U.M.

Value

dB

<85

Pa
dB

<63 (130dB compared to 20


Pa)
<83

The evaluation was performed according to operating procedures that have allowed to consider a
random error of +/-1.0 dB, and was performed under real operating conditions of the Operator, taking
into consideration the direction of origin of the disturbing effect.
For carrying out the measurements, it was used a precision sound level meter conforming to class 1
of EN 60651/1994 for sound level meters with overload indicator, and to standard EN 60804/1994 for
supplements .
The instrument used to perform the measurement is an integrating sound level meter identified as
follows:

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Description

of the machine

CHAPTER 3

Pag. 47 ( 22 )
Version: 1.0

Sound level meter


Manufacturer

SVANTEK

Model

SVAN 958_SV 12L_SV22

Type

Sound Level Meter SVAN 958 A s/n 15433 with preamplifier SV12L s/n
18951 and microphone SV22 s/n 4013187

Serial nr.

15433_18951_4013187

Calibration nr.

CT-SLM-0194-2010 del 12/2010

To calibrate the sound level meter was used as a calibrator identified below.
Calibrator
Manufacturer

Delta OHM srl

Model

HD 9001A

Type

HD 9001A Calibrator

Serial nr.

03017310

Calibration nr.

CT-CAA-0077-2010 of 12/2010

The technical characteristics of the integrating sound level meters SVAN 958_SV 12L_SV22 and
calibrator HD9101 follow the standards :
- CEI IEC 60651
- CEI IEC 60804
- CEI EN 61672-1
- CEI EN 61672-2
- CEI IEC 60942 - Calibrator
The measurements were performed in compliance with European standards.
It should be noted that:
The value provided refers to the noise of the machine and not the exposure of the Operator;
The daily personal noise exposure of an Operator depends on various factors such as: exposure
time, the use or not of personal protective equipment, the terms and conditions of use of the machine,
the presence of other machines or noise sources, the state of maintenance of the equipment,
installation conditions, etc..;

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Description

CHAPTER 3

Pag. 48 ( 22 )
of the machine

Version: 1.0

The provided value is a useful reference for the user, in order to assess the risk associated with the
introduction of the machine in the workplace and the need or not to undertake any measures to
reduce the exposure of workers.
Required to wear headphones for hearing protection.

WARNING
THE OPERATOR MUST WEAR A HEADSET FOR HEARING PROTECTION WITH
15 DB MINIMUM ATTENUATION DURING MACHINE USE.

IF THE MACHINE IS INSTALLED IN A REVERBERATING ENVIRONMENT OR


WITH OTHER NOISE SOURCES, IT COULD BE NECESSARY TO INCREASE
THE ATTENUATION LEVEL OF THE HEADSETS FOR HEARING PROTECTION.

With regard to personal protective equipment to refer to Directive 89/686/EEC "Personal protective
equipment" and subsequent amendments.
The A.Celli Nonwovens s.p.a. is available, when requested, to assist in the analysis and search for a
solution to the problems that may arise in respect of that risk.

3.2.7 VIBRATIONS
The machine, during normal operation, is not a source of dangerous or annoying vibrations for the
Operator.
The operator, during the intended use does not come into contact with machine parts subjected to
vibrations.

3.2.8 ELECTROMAGNETIC INTERFERENCES


There are no electromagnetic interferences.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Description

of the machine

CHAPTER 3

Pag. 49 ( 22 )
Version: 1.0

3.2.9 EMISSIONS OF SUBSTANCES


There are no emissions of ionizing and non-ionizing radiation.
During normal operation, the machine does not emit liquids, gases or other debris. The machine has
been designed and built to prevent the emission of substances, vapors or gases hazardous to
humans.
In relation to the specifications of the processed product can be powders emissions of polypropylene
and polyethylene based. The emission of dust is always a function of the type of material processed.

NOTE
IT IS NECESSARY THAT THE USER PERFORM SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENTAL ANALYSIS TO
ASSESS THE CONCENTRATION AND THE RISK FOR THE OPERATORS.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 3

Pag. 50 ( 22 )

Sections Title: Description

of the machine

This page intentionally left blank

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Version: 1.0

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Handling

and transport

CHAPTER 4

Pag. 51 ( 12 )
Version: 1.0

EN

CHAPTER 4.

HANDLING AND TRANSPORT

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 4

Pag. 52 ( 12 )

Sections Title: Handling

and transport

This page intentionally left blank.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Version: 1.0

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

4.1

Sections Title: Handling

and transport

CHAPTER 4

Pag. 53 ( 12 )
Version: 1.0

SAFETY WARNINGS

NOTE
READING THIS CHAPTER ASSUMES, FOR THE PURPOSES OF A SAFE USE OF THE MACHINE,
THE KNOWLEDGE OF WHAT IS CONTAINED IN CHAPTER "GENERAL SAFETY WARNINGS A
PAG. 101".

DANGER
RISK OF FALLING LOADS. STAY CLEAR OF THE LOAD.

NEVER LEAVE A LOAD SUSPENDED IN THE AIR.

WARNING
PREVENT ACCESS TO UNAUTHORIZED AND/OR UNQUALIFIED PERSONNEL
TO THE MACHINE OR PACKAGING HANDLING AREA.

THE PHASES OF THE HANDLING OR PACKAGING OF THE MACHINE MUST


BE PERFORMED BY QUALIFIED PERSONNEL IN THE CONDUCT OF CRANES
AND FORKLIFTS.

PLAN AND ORGANIZE THE OPERATIONS SEQUENCE BEFORE STARTING


THE LIFTING OPERATIONS.

TO MOVE THE MACHINE OR PACKAGE, USE LIFTING EQUIPMENT (BELTS,


CRANES, FORKLIFT ...) IN ACCORDANCE WITH EC STANDARDS.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Handling

CHAPTER 4

Pag. 54 ( 12 )
and transport

Version: 1.0

FOR THE MACHINE HANDLING OR THE PACKAGING TRANSPORT USE


SUITABLE EQUIPMENTS (BELTS, CRANE, FORKLIFT) REGULARLY
MAINTAINED AND SERVICED.

THE LIFTING OF THE MACHINE OR PACKAGING MUST HAVE A CAPACITY


GREATER THAN THE WEIGHT OF THE LOAD.

CAUTION
PLACE PIECES OF WOOD BETWEEN THE SLINGS AND THE CONTACT
SURFACES THAT HAVE SHARP EDGES SO AS NOT TO DAMAGE THE SLINGS
OR THE COATING.

IN THE CASE WHERE THE SIZE OF THE MACHINE OR THE PACKING DOES
NOT ALLOW THE VISUAL TO THE OPERATOR ASSIGNED TO THE HANDLING,
IT IS NECESSARY TO USE AN ADDITIONAL OPERATOR ON THE GROUND TO
HELP HIM IN THE OPERATIONS. THE GROUND OPERATOR MUST GIVE
COMMANDS TO THE OPERATOR INVOLVED IN THE CONDUCT OF LIFTING
EQUIPMENT.

Obligation to protect hands with gloves.

Obligation to wear a suit to protect the body.

Obligation to wear a safety helmet.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Handling

and transport

CHAPTER 4

Pag. 55 ( 12 )
Version: 1.0

Obligation to wear safety shoes.

4.2

TRANSPORTATION
EN

The machine is shipped from the manufacturers to the customers using the most suitable means of
transportation. This determines the way in which the packaging and the transportation of the
groups/elements are carried out.
The machine is disassembled into its core components according to the following general rules:
- Considering the limits set for road transportation via truck and sea by the international
regulations, as to dimensions (as shown in the table below) and weight.
- Finding out each time about the legislation in force that can differ from country to country.
- The main obstacle, with this kind of machines, is usually given by their overall dimensions rather
than their weight. In any case, this must be verified for each single loading.
- Trying to meet the limitations listed in the a.m. points, the general rule is that of disassembling
the machine as least as possible with respect to its pre-assemblage at the manufacturers.
Once the machine has been disassembled into transportable parts, maximum care must be taken in
order to ensure that:
- The moving parts of machinery must be locked. Accessories and components supplied shall be
packed in crates and locked to the truck bed with pieces of wood and straps.
- Fragile parts, liable to be damaged during transportation, must be adequately protected against
accidental collision with other parts.
- Those machined parts that require particular care in order to maintain their proper functionality,
must be protected either with a film of grease or with any other adequate covering (i.e. pluri-ball,
polystyrene or similar).
Wooden crates and any other loose item that is part of the shipment, must be arranged in such a
manner so as not to represent any possible danger for the operators, during transportation and
unpacking stages.
The structure of the crates must be reinforced in the supporting areas and on the cover. Moreover,
special signs describing the handling instructions (grip areas, stacking support surface, weight, etc.)
must be affixed.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Handling

CHAPTER 4

Pag. 56 ( 12 )
and transport

Pos.

Description

Containment Ceiling for anti-crushing

Side walls with high thickness

Supporting frame

Rest area protected

Chains

Handhold

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Version: 1.0

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Handling

Pos.

Description

Floor-standing

Rest area protected

Belts

10

Handhold

and transport

CHAPTER 4

Pag. 57 ( 12 )
Version: 1.0

If the machine is transported by sea or air, it will be packed in wooden crates. The inner parts of the
machine must be locked with wooden blocks attached to the crate bed with special nails or cap
screws.
The lifting points (chains, ropes or forks) are indicated on the wooden crate.
Externally to the housing or on the crate there is a cardboard label showing the destination data:
name, address, number of packages/crates, total weight, identification number of the packaging/crate.

For sea transport must take into account the type of container. The parts that are not painted are
protected against corrosion.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

4.3

Sections Title: Handling

CHAPTER 4

Pag. 58 ( 12 )
and transport

Version: 1.0

UNPACKING

NOTE
UPON ARRIVAL CHECK (VISUALLY WITH THE CARRIER) THE INTEGRITY OF THE PACKAGING
AND REPORT ANY ANOMALIES FOUND TO A SUPERVISOR.

ANY DAMAGE TO THE CONTAINING CRATE COULD, IN FACT, RAISE DOUBTS ON THE
INTEGRITY OF ITS CONTENT.

ANY DAMAGES OCCURRED DURING THE UNLOADING STAGE INSIDE THE INSTALLATION SITE,
ARE NOT COVERED BY WARRANTY.

CAUTION
DISPOSE OF WASTE PACKAGING IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE
COUNTRY OF INSTALLATION OF THE MACHINE.

Remove all guarding devices used to protect the machine during transportation, making sure not to
damage the machine itself.
Remove all clamping devices and guards used for transportation.
Thoroughly clean all those machine parts that might have been soiled during transportation and
handling.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

4.4

Sections Title: Handling

and transport

CHAPTER 4

Pag. 59 ( 12 )
Version: 1.0

HANDLING

4.4.1 UNLOADING OF THE GOODS FROM THE TRANSPORT

NOTE
THE CUSTOMER MUST PERFORM THE UNLOADING OF GOODS FROM TRANSPORTS.

FOR THE MOVEMENT OF THE CRATES, IT NEEDS TO USE APPROPRIATE EQUIPMENT, IN


RELATION TO THE SIZE AND WEIGHT OF EACH OF THEM.

THE INFORMATION CAN BE FOUND IN THE "PACKING LIST" WHICH IS COMPILED BY OUR
SHIPPING DEPARTMENT AT THE TIME OF PACKING. THE "PACKING LIST" IS COMPRISED OF
MULTIPLE DOCUMENTS, ONE FOR EACH CRATE. ON THE CRATE THERE IS THE "PACKING
LIST" REFERS TO THAT CASE.

The operations must be carried out taking into account:


- type of crating
- weight of the load to be lifted
- barycentre of the load
- lifting and transport methods (overhead travelling crane, forklift, etc.)

The materials must be stored in closed areas, protected against adverse weather conditions, and on
tiled surfaces. The crates cannot be superposed.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Handling

CHAPTER 4

Pag. 60 ( 12 )
and transport

Version: 1.0

4.4.2 LIFTING THE MACHINE GROUPS

NOTE
ON EACH GROUP PACKED, READY TO BE MOVED, HAS BEEN REPORTED A SHEET WITH
WEIGHT OF THE GROUP AND IMAGE OF HOW IT SHOULD BE HANDLED. THE SHEET LISTS
INFORMATION TO FACILITATE THE PROPER POSITIONING OF HOOKS AND LIFTING BELTS.

ONCE YOU OPEN THE PACKAGING, THE HANDLING OF GROUPS OF THE MACHINE FOR THE
INSTALLATION AND ASSEMBLY OF THE MACHINE ITSELF REQUIRE THE SUPERVISION OF
A.CELLI NONWOVENS S.P.A. TECHNICIANS. IT IS THE USER'S DUTY TO TAKE CARE THAT THE
PRODUCTS ARE HANDLED CAREFULLY, USING SUITABLE LIFTING DEVICES IN ORDER TO
PRESERVE THE ORIGINAL TERMS OF QUALITY.

WARNING
THE CENTER OF GRAVITY OF THE GROUP OR OF THE MACHINE DEPENDS
ON THE POSITION OF THE MOVING PARTS.

DURING THE PHASES OF THE MACHINE OR PACKAGE HANDLING, RESPECT


THE POSITION OF THE FORKS OF THE FORKLIFT OR LIFTING BELTS.

DURING THE USE OF A FORK LIFT, RESPECT THE SPEED AND SLOPE
ALLOWED.

CAREFULLY SLING ALL THE COMPONENTS THAT MUST BE MOVED,


AVOIDING ANY SUDDEN MOVEMENT OR SWINGING.

If you are using a crane, mount on the machine the "U" hooks to attach the lifting belts.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Handling

and transport

CHAPTER 4

Pag. 61 ( 12 )
Version: 1.0

4.4.3 HANDLING OF ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT


All the accessories and small components can be moved by hand and placed on the side of the crate
or truck.

EN

CAUTION
THE PIECES THAT EXCEED 25 KG (15 KG FOR WOMEN) SHOULD BE LIFTED
BY AT LEAST 2 OPERATORS.

4.5

STORAGE AND PRESERVATION

CAUTION
THE MATERIALS MUST BE STORED IN CLOSED AREAS, PROTECTED
AGAINST ADVERSE WEATHER CONDITIONS, AND ON TILED SURFACES.

THE CRATES CANNOT BE SUPERPOSED.

NO STORING IN AN OPEN PLACE.

IN THE CASE OF STACKING OF COMPONENTS LOCKED TOGETHER BY


STRAPS OR CABLES.

The packed machine must be stored in environments protected from weather and sun.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Handling

CHAPTER 4

Pag. 62 ( 12 )
and transport

Version: 1.0

The storage time should be reduced to the essential; for machines protected by a "vacuumed"
wrapping the storage time is 12 months, while those protected only with a plastic sheet the time must
be minimized (EEC or neighbouring countries). In case of long-term storage, periodically check the
conditions of all the machine components.
For more information on delivery times and storage requirements, please contact the assistance
service.
The manufacturer does not guarantee the integrity of the content for times greater than those
recommended.

NOTE
THOSE PARTS THAT HAVE BEEN DAMAGED AS A CONSEQUENCE OF CARELESS STORAGE,
ARE NOT COVERED BY WARRANTY.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Installation

CHAPTER 5

Pag. 63 ( 36 )
Version: 1.0

EN

CHAPTER 5.

INSTALLATION

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 5

Pag. 64 ( 36 )

Sections Title: Installation

This page intentionally left blank.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Version: 1.0

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

5.1

CHAPTER 5

Pag. 65 ( 36 )

Sections Title: Installation

Version: 1.0

SAFETY WARNINGS

NOTE
READING THIS CHAPTER ASSUMES, FOR THE PURPOSES OF A SAFE USE OF THE MACHINE,
THE KNOWLEDGE OF WHAT IS CONTAINED IN CHAPTER "GENERAL SAFETY WARNINGS A
PAG. 101".

DANGER
DURING THE MACHINE HANDLING AND INSTALLATION IT IS FORBIDDEN TO
APPROACH THE WORK AREA.

IT IS FORBIDDEN TO CARRY OUT HANDLING OPERATIONS FOR


INSTALLATION WITHOUT THE SUPERVISION OF A TECHNICIAN OF A.CELLI
NONWOVENS S.P.A..

THE STEPS TO BE TAKEN DURING HANDLING AND INSTALLATION MUST BE


COORDINATED BY A.CELLI NONWOVENS S.P.A. TECHNICIAN WHO GIVES
ORDERS TO OTHER TECHNICIANS.

CAUTION
IT IS FORBIDDEN TO CARRY OUT INSTALLATIONS IN ENVIRONMENTS
HAVING DIFFERENT CONDITIONS FROM THE ONE INDICATED IN THE
PARAGRAPH "ENVIRONMENTAL OPERATING CONDITIONS A PAG. 45".

Obligation to protect hands with gloves.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 5

Pag. 66 ( 36 )

Sections Title: Installation

Version: 1.0

Obligation to wear a suit to protect the body.

Obligation to wear a safety helmet.

Obligation to wear safety shoes.

Required to wear headphones for hearing protection.

5.2

PREPARATION OF FOUNDATIONS

Useful information on the distribution of the dynamic loads and the position of the machine fixing
points can be found in this drawing.
The machine is fixed onto the floor using either mechanical or chemical anchor bolts.
References drawing:
p9705p_R02.pdf

NOTE
FOUNDATIONS MUST BE PREPARED BY THE CUSTOMER BASED ON THE REFERENCE
DRAWING SENT BY A.CELLI NONWOVENS S.P.A..

THE FLOOR WHERE THE MACHINE WILL BE INSTALLED MUST NOT SUFFER FROM ANY
VIBRATION CAUSED BY OTHER MACHINES.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

5.3

CHAPTER 5

Pag. 67 ( 36 )

Sections Title: Installation

Version: 1.0

MACHINE POSITIONING

NOTE
READING THIS CHAPTER ASSUMES, FOR THE PURPOSES OF A SAFE USE OF THE MACHINE,
THE KNOWLEDGE OF WHAT IS CONTAINED IN CHAPTER 4 "CHAP 4 HANDLING AND
TRANSPORT A PAG. 51".

ONCE YOU OPEN THE PACKAGING, THE HANDLING OF GROUPS OF THE MACHINE FOR THE
INSTALLATION AND ASSEMBLY OF THE MACHINE ITSELF REQUIRE THE SUPERVISION OF
A.CELLI NONWOVENS S.P.A. TECHNICIANS. IT IS THE USER'S DUTY TO TAKE CARE THAT THE
PRODUCTS ARE HANDLED CAREFULLY, USING SUITABLE LIFTING DEVICES IN ORDER TO
PRESERVE THE ORIGINAL TERMS OF QUALITY.

THE FIXING PROCEDURE MUST BE CARRIED OUT BY A.CELLI NONWOVENS S.P.A.


TECHNICIANS.

DEFINE THE MACHINE CENTRE LINE, TRACING IT ON THE FLOOR WHERE THE MACHINE WILL
BE PLACED.

CAUTION
FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THE INSTRUCTIONS WILL RESULT IN THE
TERMINATION OF THE GUARANTEE AND/OR THE PAYMENT OF THE COST
NECESSARY TO RESTORE THE COMPLYING CONDITIONS.

LEAVE ENOUGH SPACE FOR ESCAPE ROUTES DURING MAINTENANCE


WITH ELECTRICAL PANEL OPEN.

NOTE

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Installation

CHAPTER 5

Pag. 68 ( 36 )
Version: 1.0

LEAVE AT LEAST 50 CM OF SPACE BETWEEN THE EXHAUST VENT AND THE WALLS FOR AIR
CIRCULATION IN THE CABINET.

OBSERVE THE POSITIONING OF THE MACHINE ACCORDING TO THE LAYOUT PROVIDED. AT


THE TIME OF DESIGN PRECAUTIONS WERE TAKEN FOR THE OPERATOR TO HAVE THE
NECESSARY SPACE FOR THE FREE MOVEMENT AROUND THE MACHINE IN SAFETY, DURING
THE PHASES OF MAINTENANCE AND CONTROL OF THE LINE.

The conditions of the floor shall be suitable as to ensure sufficient strength to support the weight of
the machine and accessories.
Before positioning the machine it is necessary and essential to check the conditions of the floor where
the machine will be positioned.
The support structure must not deform compromising the strength and safety of the machine itself.
The machine must be perfectly vertical and level.
Where the floor conditions are not in accordance with what required, it is absolutely necessary to
make appropriate adaptation and/or recovery actions (e.g., laying of specific foundations and/or use
of specific platforms which may be provided by manufacturer of the machine).

5.3.1 ANCHORAGE PROCEDURE USING MECHANICAL FOUNDATION BOLTS


Drill the holes where the bolts will be anchored, according to the dimensions specified in the reference
drawing.
Place the foundation plates with their pre-installed bolts onto the floor. Do not tighten the bolts. When
doing this, always refer to the centre line mentioned in the previous point.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Installation

CHAPTER 5

Pag. 69 ( 36 )
Version: 1.0

Foundation plates must be levelled with a spirit level (0,05 mm on 1m length) by loosening or
tightening the adjusting screws provided with the plates and by interposing a metal thickness between
the final part of the screw and the floor.
Fill the holes with cement, in order to block the foundation screws into the floor. Tighten the screw
nuts, following the indications on the drying times of the mortar.
EN

NOTE
TYPE OF CEMENT TO BE USED: RCK = 25 N/MM

Once the plates have been fixed onto the floor, make sure once again that the alignment and the
levelling have not undergone any shifting. If so, acceptable conditions can be reset by means of
adjusting screws.
Fill the interstices between the floor and the foundation plates with self-levelling cement, leaving a 50
mm thick kerbstone all around.
Once the mortar has dried up, the tie nuts can be fastened thus completing the fixing stage.
Clean the support bases of the machine from any cement leftovers.
Take all the machine sections to the installation place and place them carefully onto the foundation
plates.

5.3.2 ANCHORAGE PROCEDURE BY CHEMICAL BOLTS


Drill a hole with the diameter and depth according to the following table.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42

CHAPTER 5

Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Pag. 70 ( 36 )

Sections Title: Installation

Version: 1.0

bolt

M12

M16

M20

M24

Tension Load (kN) (*)

6,5

9,8

14,5

18

hole (mm)

14

18

22

28

Depth (mm)

100

125

170

220

Torque max. (Nm)

40

80

150

200

Quantity of resin (ml)

8,5 - 10

16,5 - 19

30 - 34

60 - 66

(*) With reference to a.m. tension loads, an adequate coefficient of safety must be applied to the
material where the anchorage is carried out.
Remove dust and any other remains from the hole.

Fill the hole with resin (use a resin gun) - starting from the base and gradually moving up.
Minimum cartridge temperature: +5C.

Insert the screwed bar, making it rotate by impulses. A small overflow of resin proves that the hole
has been properly filled.

NOTE

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42

CHAPTER 5

Machine: Unwinders and Winder


Customer Lidersan Saglik

Pag. 71 ( 36 )

Sections Title: Installation

Version: 1.0

DO NOT STRESS THE ANCHORAGE DURING HARDENING.

Before putting the anchorage in traction, wait for the prescribed time
Usage Time allowed

Floor temperature

Open Time allowed (min)

+5C

20

150

+10 C

12

90

+20 C

50

+25 C

45

+30 C

40

(min)

CAUTION
READ THE MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET OF THE CHEMICAL USED.
ORGANIZE ANY ACTION TO PREVENT AND / OR REMEDY IN THE EVENT OF
ACCIDENTAL CONTACT.

NOCIVO - HARMFUL - MINDERGIFTIG - NOCIF


FOR PROPER INSTALLATION OF ANCHORS FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS OF
THE MANUFACTURER OF THE PLUG.

5.4

REMOVING BLOCKS

To ensure a safe transport of the machine, have been installed mechanical blocks on the groups of
the machine. It is the responsibility of the A.Celli Nonwovens s.p.a. Technicians remove them.

5.5

COMPLETION OF THE ASSEMBLY

The technicians of A.Celli Nonwovens s.p.a. ensure the :

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 5

Pag. 72 ( 36 )

Sections Title: Installation

Version: 1.0

- Completion of the installation.


-

Testing and Connecting the machine to the energy sources.

Testing & Commissioning of the machine.

5.6

CONNECTION TO POWER SUPPLY

The wiring and connections of which is responsible for the company A.Celli Nonwovens s.p.a. are
designed, constructed and installed in accordance with the European standards EN 60204-1.
- Each connection is treated as a single circuit and connected to one of the Earth points.

Example of single circuit

- The power equipment is separated or shielded from the control equipment.


- All terminals for the incoming supply connection are clearly identified (see the electrical
diagrams and the cables list).

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42

CHAPTER 5

Machine: Unwinders and Winder


Customer Lidersan Saglik

Pag. 73 ( 36 )

Sections Title: Installation

Version: 1.0

EN

Example of terminals

Example of relays

- Main disconnecting switch devices, for the prevention of unexpected start-ups, are provided.
They are suitably placed and readily identifiable.

Example of main switch

- All live parts (electric cables, electronic cards, etc.) are located inside enclosures with the
minimum degree of protection against direct contact.
- All live parts are completely covered with insulation, which can only be removed by destruction.
Such insulation can withstand the mechanical, chemical, electrical and thermal stresses, to
which it can be subjected under normal service conditions
La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 5

Pag. 74 ( 36 )

Sections Title: Installation

Version: 1.0

Example of cables with shield

- All live parts are disconnected inside the enclosures, which before being opened, disconnect
the inner circuit, except the PELV circuits (Protective Extra Low Voltage - at low voltage <24V,
<60V) that are always under tension.
- All conductors (power / control circuits) except earth neutral conductors and the transformers
are protected against over current by protective devices suitably chosen.
- An overload protection of motors is provided.
- All parts of the protective bonding circuit have been designed so that they are capable of
withstanding the highest thermal and mechanical stresses that can be caused by an earth-fault
of those parts.
- All exposed conductive parts of the electric equipment and the machine are connected to the
protective bonding circuit.
- All the machine parts that can cause a hazardous condition, when actuated at the same time,
are interlocked against wrong manoeuvres.
- For emergency stop functions and all other safety-related stop functions the use of hardwired
electromechanical components has been preferred, or, as alternative, by Safety PLC.
- Terminals on terminal blocks are clearly identified and correspond with markings on the
diagrams. Conductors are identifiable at each termination in accordance with the technical
documentation.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Installation

CHAPTER 5

Pag. 75 ( 36 )
Version: 1.0

- All parts have been placed and oriented in order that they can be identified without moving
them.
- Insulated conductors and cables have self-extinguishing properties.
- All wirings are secured against accidental loosening.
- Conductors and their connection, external to the electric equipment enclosures - boxes,
cabinets or panels - are positioned in suitable ducts.
- Wiring of frequently moving parts are made with conductors suitable for flexing service. Cables
subjected to movement, are supported in such a way that there is not any damaging.
- Required measures have been taken to minimise the probability of hazards, in the case that
failures or disturbances in the electrical equipment can cause dangerous condition for the
operator, the machine or the work in progress.
- Control circuits with different principles of operation or differing types of devices have been
adopted in order to reduce the probability of faults giving rise to hazards.
- All control devices mounted on the machine, on the control desk and on the control boxes are
readily accessible for service and maintenance.
- Push buttons and indicator lights are colour-coded in accordance with the European standards
EN 60204-1.
- The man-machine interfaces are clearly and durably marked, in consideration of their
functions.

5.6.1 ELECTRICAL AND PNEUMATIC DUCTS


According to the arrangement of the various components to create channels suitable for containing
the electrical connections and possibly also the pneumatic connections referring to the wiring and
pneumatic diagram provided attached with the instruction manual.

WARNING
MAKE SURE THAT THE CABLES AND PIPES ARE WELL SPREAD ON THE
FLOOR: CHECK THAT THERE ARE NO CHOKING OR PINCHING OF THE
PIPES.

MAKE SURE THAT THE CABLES AND PIPES ARE NOT CRUSHED OR
PINCHED BY SHARP OBJECTS.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Installation

CHAPTER 5

Pag. 76 ( 36 )
Version: 1.0

ALL PIPES MUST BE POSITIONED AND/OR LOCKED IN ORDER TO AVOID


THE WHIP EFFECT IN CASE THEY ARE BROKEN.

PLACE ALL CABLES AND PIPES IN THE DEDICATED DUCTS.

NOTE
THE DUCT LINES SHOULD BE MADE IN FULL COMPLIANCE WITH THE REGULATIONS IN THE
COUNTRY OF INSTALLATION OF THE MACHINE.

5.6.2 ELECTRIC POWER SUPPLY CONNECTION


- No-Stop Unwinder - wiring diagram number:
2014039
No-Stop Unwinder electrical connection:
400V/50Hz
The general electrical cabinets of the system are identified with the following labels:

For the electric connection of the machine, refer to the electric diagram and to the drawing of the
operator positions.
The wiring diagram of reference for the NW Unwinder is :
2014039_GB.pdf

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Installation

CHAPTER 5

Pag. 77 ( 36 )
Version: 1.0

- No-Stop Unwinder - wiring diagram number:


2014040
No-Stop Unwinder electrical connection:
400V/50Hz
The general electrical cabinets of the system are identified with the following labels:
EN

For the electric connection of the machine, refer to the electric diagram and to the drawing of the
operator positions.
The wiring diagram of reference for the PE Unwinder is :
2014040_GB.pdf

Winder Wiring diagram number:


2014041
Winder electrical connection:
400V/50Hz
The general electrical cabinets of the system are identified with the following labels:

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Installation

CHAPTER 5

Pag. 78 ( 36 )
Version: 1.0

For the electric connection of the machine, refer to the electric diagram and to the drawing of the
operator positions.
Winder Wiring diagram:
2014041_GB.pdf

Extractor - Wiring diagram number:


2014042
Extractor electrical connection:
400V/50Hz
The general electrical cabinets of the system are identified with the following labels:

For the electric connection of the machine, refer to the electric diagram and to the drawing of the
operator positions.
Extractor Wiring diagram :
La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Installation

CHAPTER 5

Pag. 79 ( 36 )
Version: 1.0

2014042_GB.pdf

Operator position drawing :


PO2014039-40-41-42.pdf

EN

WARNING
TO PERFORM ELECTRICAL OPERATIONS, IT IS RECOMMENDED TO AVAIL
OF A TRAINED AND SKILLED OPERATOR, OR SOMEONE TRAINED AND
INSTRUCTED BY THE SKILLED OPERATOR :

OR

BE SURE TO MAKE THE CORRECT CONNECTION TO THE THREE-PHASE


WITH GROUNDED NEUTRAL INDUSTRIAL MAINS.

BEFORE TAKING THE LINE CABLES TO THE ELECTRICAL PANEL OF THE


MACHINE MAKE SURE THAT VOLTAGE HAS BEEN REMOVED FROM THE
LINE.

THE POWER LINE MUST BE MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF


ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING AND WITH THE STANDARDS IN FORCE IN THE
COUNTRY OF INSTALLATION.

PROTECT THE POWER SUPPLY LINE AGAINST OVERVOLTAGE.

PROTECT THE LINE AGAINST OVERCURRENT WITH DEVICES PROPERLY


COORDINATED AND LIMITING SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Installation

CHAPTER 5

Pag. 80 ( 36 )
Version: 1.0

THE POWER LINE MUST BE FITTED WITH A GROUND WIRE TO BE


CONNECTED TO THE TERMINAL WITH THE SYMBOL PE. THIS CONNECTION
SHOULD BE AS SHORT AS POSSIBLE.

VERIFY THAT IN THE FEED POINT AT WHICH THE MACHINE MUST BE


CONNECTED THERE IS AVAILABILITY OF ELECTRICAL POWER THAN IS
GREATER OR AT LEAST ENOUGH WITH RESPECT TO THE MAXIMUM POWER
ABSORBED BY THE MACHINE (SEE TECHNICAL DATA A PAG. 37 ).

MAKE SURE THAT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS ARE NOT SUBJECTED TO


MECHANICAL STRESS, OR SUBJECT TO RISK OF CORROSION.

NOTE
FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS CONTAINED IN THE WIRING DIAGRAM.

5.6.3 PNEUMATIC CONNECTION


No-stop Unwinder pneumatic diagram number:
2014039
No-Stop Unwinder pressure air supply : 6 bar
Connecting air supply No-Stop Unwinder: 2"
For pneumatic connection of the machine, refer to the pneumatic diagram and to the drawing of the
operator positions.

The pneumatic diagram of reference for the NW Unwinder is :


2014039_PD.pdf

No-stop Unwinder pneumatic diagram number:


2014040
No-Stop Unwinder pressure air supply : 6 bar
Connecting air supply No-Stop Unwinder: 2"

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Installation

CHAPTER 5

Pag. 81 ( 36 )
Version: 1.0

For pneumatic connection of the machine, refer to the pneumatic diagram and to the drawing of the
operator positions.

The pneumatic diagram of reference for the PE Unwinder is :


2014040_PD.pdf
EN
Winder pneumatic diagram number:
2014041
Winder pressure air supply : 7 bar
Connecting air supply Winder: 2"
For pneumatic connection of the machine, refer to the pneumatic diagram and to the drawing of the
operator positions.

Winder pneumatic diagram:


2014041_PD.pdf

Extractor pneumatic diagram number:


2014042
Extractor pressure air supply : 7 bar
Connecting air supply Extractor : 2"
Extractor pneumatic diagram:
2014042_PD.pdf

Operator position drawing :


PO2014039-40-41-42.pdf

5.6.4 HYDRAULIC CONNECTION


For hydraulic connection of the machine, refer to the hydraulic diagram and to the drawing of the
operator positions.
The hydraulic diagram of reference for the winder is:
2014041-S.pdf

2014041-L.pdf

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Installation

CHAPTER 5

Pag. 82 ( 36 )
Version: 1.0

Operator position drawing :


PO2014039-40-41-42.pdf

CAUTION
IF AN OIL LEAK IS NOTICED, IMMEDIATELY REPAIR IT BEFORE TURNING ON
THE MACHINE.

5.6.4.1

BASIS

A rational assembly and correct installation are essential factors for correct operation by an oilhydraulic system over time. The following notes give some general suggestions and warnings.
5.6.4.2

GENERAL WARNINGS

The reliability of any machine or oil-hydraulic plant is a function of its quality, the state of the
transmission fluid, and the absence of impurities in the circuit. Do not forget that the fluid lubricates
the system components.
It is therefore important to foresee:
- during the design state: continuous oil filters, sized according to the class and type of system
and the required performance. Filtering must be at least 60 (see: the function of filtering).
- during the assembly stage: the main connection operations must be carried out in a clean, nondusty environment, immediately removing waste of any kind that could enter the circuit. The
pumps and all oil-hydraulic devices are always delivered with the openings closed by protective
caps, which should only be removed at the time of connection. With the device mounted, it is
always a good idea to ad a bit of hydraulic oil to ensure protection of internal parts until the
hydraulic system is filled. Pickle the pipes and clean the system.
- during operation: careful filter maintenance, cleaning and/or replacing the cartridges frequently.
5.6.4.3

PIPES AND FITTINGS

Cold-drawn steel pipes without welding seams must be used in oil-hydraulic systems, in compliance
with international standards.
La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Installation

CHAPTER 5

Pag. 83 ( 36 )
Version: 1.0

Fittings should be selected based on the features of the system, and especially the running pressure
and pipe diameter.
The following are normally used:
- up to DN 40, 3-part fittings with cutting ring (for lowstress systems and with no vibration).
- up to DN 40, 3-part fittings with welded spigot and tapered seal with O-ring (in heavy-duty
systems and for the most severe use).
- beyond DN 40, flange connections.
The pipe diameter must be chosen in relation to the maximum oil capacity in each section of the
circuit, which may be considerably higher than the pump capacity, and the following maximum speeds
must not be exceeded :
- 1 - 1.5 m/s in intake pipelines.
- 1.5 - 4 m/s in pipelines returning to the tank.
- 4 - 8 m/s in delivery pipelines.
Depending on the running pressure (the minimum speeds must be observed in low-pressure systems
to limit load losses, and higher speeds are admissible in high-pressure systems) and according to the
type of system (high speeds, for example, are admissible in mobile machines or for jog operation,
while low speeds are recommended in continuously-running operating machines).
It is especially important the intake pipes and those returning to the tank be oversized. The intake
pipe must be as short and straight as possible, avoiding sharp bends, throttles and narrowing that
could easily interfere with correct operation of the pumps. The pipes must be pickled, passivated and
then washed with oil. Pickling is necessary to eliminate rust and crusting and especially welding
shreds, etc.
It is normally permitted to use solutions based on "Betona" or similar salts as the pickling fluid.
In this case, passivation and washing are no longer necessary.
Pickling may be avoided when the welds are performed in an inert atmosphere, or are pocket-type. In
any case, the pipelines must be cleaned thoroughly. During installation, the pipes must be
appropriately held in place by an adequate number of supports; for this purpose, plastic brackets are
universally adopted, normally made of polyamide or polypropylene.
It is recommended to establish the number of supports based on the following average anchoring
distances:
- 1500 mm for pipes under pressure.
- 3000 mm for low-pressure pipes (returns and drainage).

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Installation

CHAPTER 5

Pag. 84 ( 36 )
Version: 1.0

In connections between oil-hydraulic system, make sure that the pipes and devices can be easily
dismantled whenever necessary.
Thus provide fittings on the openings of the devices and in the pipe nodes, to allow any section of
pipeline to be rapidly removed. The pipes must not block access to the equipment, especially in points
containing adjustment hand wheels or setting or control devices.
For threaded connections, give preference to special Teflon bands, sold on the market under various
brand names.
When assembling flexible hoses, avoid those with a too-small radius and torsion stress (see figure
below): flexible hoses must be sized for pressures of twice the maximum running pressure, to take
into account the inevitable pressure jumps.
The drainage attachments of the oil-hydraulic motors and the various valves must be suitably fitted to
the tank to prevent oil leaks.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42

CHAPTER 5

Machine: Unwinders and Winder


Customer Lidersan Saglik

Pag. 85 ( 36 )

Sections Title: Installation

Version: 1.0

EN

WRONG

RIGHT

Example of wrong and correct flexible pipes connection

5.6.4.4

OIL TANK

The oil tank must be sized in relation to:


- installed power;
- pump capacity;

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Installation

CHAPTER 5

Pag. 86 ( 36 )
Version: 1.0

- amount of heat generated during operation;


- type of system and service;
- etc.
As a general rule, we suggest allowing for an oil capacity 2 - 4 times the pump capacity for prime
minute (according to the running pressure and application). For example, if the pump has a capacity
of 25 l/min., it is recommended to use a tank with a capacity between 50 and 100 liters. This rule is
suggested by considerations of heat dispersions of internal oil circulation within the circuit. In special
cases, it is necessary to reduce the size of the tank due to space limitations or other reasons; it may
be a good idea to include a forced-circulation cooling system in radiators or coolants. The use of
coolants (generally heat exchangers between the hot oil and the circulating water) is recommended in
circuits that develop a considerable level of heat, and always in continuous-operation systems with a
high installed power. It should be kept in mind that the oil temperature in the tanks should never
exceed the cautious limit of 50-60C, or no more than 60-70 C at the most, while the ideal running
range is considered to be between 40 and 50 C. Of course, the tank capacity must also take into
account the amount of oil that can be absorbed by the circuit during special operating stages.
In small systems, the pumps are normally located above or inside the oil tank. In systems with pumps
having a considerable capacity, or with pistons pumps for high pressures, it is best for the tank to be
placed above the pump so that intake always takes place downwards.
The shape of the tank is normally polygonal, with a ratio of between 1:1:1 and 1:2:3 among the
corners. However, it may be any shape, and in mobile machines and large plants it is often cylindrical.
It is important for the tank to always be built so as to allow easy accessibility for periodic cleaning.
The tanks must be thoroughly cleaned and painted internally using a paint resistant to hot oil.
The tank must be hermitically sealed, except for the air vent to allow air circulation (in oil level
movements), which must be protected by an appropriate air filter and prevent dust and impurities from
entering the tank.
The pipelines returning the oil from the circuit must extend inside the tank, with the end beneath the
minimum oil level, to avoid the formation of foam. Also make sure that the return flow of oil to the tank
does not disturb the suction of the pump: it is this recommended to space the two ends, and to not
aim the return jet toward the intake opening. In tanks of a certain capacity, internal membranes are
also used to separate the oil return area and the pump intake area, to impede the creation of a
whirlpool and to allow a certain degree of sedimentation, making it easier to decant solid, suspended
particles and any water that may be present.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 5

Pag. 87 ( 36 )

Sections Title: Installation

Version: 1.0

Place a drain on the bottom of the tank, in an appropriate position to spurge water deposits and empty
the tank for maintenance. To facilitate emptying, the bottom of the tank should be raised above the
ground, and tilted towards the drain if possible.
The oil tank must always allow the oil level to be checked, and bear an indication of the minimum and
maximum prescribed levels. The maximum level is in relation to possible oil leaks, and the minimum
level must ensure that no air can be taken in through the pump intake.
5.6.4.5

THE FUNCTION OF FILTERING

Among the main causes of breakdowns and problems in oil-hydraulic systems, we can point out:
blockage of equipment due to gripping or breakage of parts due to wear, and the ageing of the fluid
that transmits the hydraulic power, thus losing all of its chemical and physical properties.
It has by now been ascertained that the main cause of all of these problems is due to the presence of
particles and microparticles that continuously circulate in the fluid, and cause wear.
These microparticles, if left to circulate in the system, act as an abrasive mixture, scratching the
surfaces they come into contact with and dragging additional contaminants into the cycle. The
damage is the greater the more sophisticated the equipment installed.
The filter and, generally, the function of filtering is thus responsible for eliminating these particles and
microparticles to ensure maximum efficiency and the maximum life-span of an oil-hydraulic system.
The choice and number of filters is obviously based on the type of system and equipment to be
protected: generally speaking, even in modest-sized system the minimum acceptable filtering level is
not below 60 .
As far as the arrangement of the filters in the circuit is concerned, we may consider the following
possibilities :
- In standard industrial plants the minimum filtering accepted is not lower than 60 .
- In industrial plants with proportional valves it is necessary to contemplate a filtering degree of
10-20 .
- In circuits with servovalves it is necessary to contemplate a filtering degree of at least 5 .
Concerning their circuit position you have the following possibilities:
- intake mount (thus on the pump intake conduit);
- return mount (thus on the conduit returning to the tank);
- on-line mount (thus on the line under pressure, upstream from delicate equipment);

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Installation

CHAPTER 5

Pag. 88 ( 36 )
Version: 1.0

It is especially important for the filter to be easily accessible for periodic cleaning, which must be
prescribed to maintenance on a weekly basis. Use filters with visual and/or electrical clog indicators to
facilitate control.
5.6.4.6

PUMPS AND MOTORS

The various types of oil-hydraulic pumps and motors may require special assembly standards,
specified in the manufacturer's instructions (for example, certain types of pistons pumps must be fed
from above).
Some general rules, however, may be considered valid in most cases.
First of all, coupling to the firs motor must be done preferably using an elastic coupling. Should you
wish to use a different type of transmission, ask the manufacturer: few pumps allow axial or radial
loads. Observe the rotation direction of the pump (or motor) which is always indicated by an arrow on
the pump body.
Do not remove the pump for any reason: changes in the rotation direction or position of the openings
(when possible) must be made by the manufacturer (unless expressly authorized by the latter).
The intake conditions of all pumps are an especially important factors, and it is essential to facilitate
the flow of oil as much as possible, especially by using oversized pipes.
Some types of pumps and motors have drainage fitting: on their body, to drain internal oil leaks, which
must be connected appropriately to the tank.
5.6.4.7

VALVES AND DISTRIBUTORS

All oil-hydraulic pumps are volumetric pumps, and thus must normally be protected in delivery with a
maximum pressure valve, set to a value below the maximum value allowed for the pump. Unless the
pump is self-adjusting (resetting the capacity at a certain pressure), with adequate internal
protections.
Normally, at least one maximum pressure valve is therefore always present in any oil-hydraulic circuit,
in addition to any other valves to control the pressure, direction and flow.
When installing these devices, plan for the possibility of having to remove them or parts of the circuit
with the least trouble: this must be kept in mind not only in tracing the paths of the pipes and fittings,
but also in placing the individual devices inside the system, especially for those valves that require
easy access for setting.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Installation

CHAPTER 5

Pag. 89 ( 36 )
Version: 1.0

In all systems, the appropriate fittings must be allowed in suitable positions for the necessary
pressure gauges, thus not only on the main pump delivery but also in those sections of the circuit
where it may be best to control the pressure. Between the pressure gauge and the line, always
include a shut-off valve so that the pressure gauge may be cut out when a reading is not necessary:
this serves to extend the life of the gauge itself.
It is also generally a good idea to include shut-off valves to isolate valves, groups or actuators, to
facilitate start-up and system maintenance.
5.6.4.8

HYDRAULIC OIL

In oleohydraulic circuits oil is the means transmitting power and at the same time lubricating the
equipments: for a good maintenance of the plant oil must be of good quality, with a high viscosity
index and with antifoaming and antioxidant addition agents, in compliance with the international
classifications (i.e. API MS, VDMA 24818, DIN 51524 and 515251). In particular, we suggest the use
of mineral oils of the group H -LP according to DIN 51525 (part 2), but the most common and used
standard (in Europe) is ISO VG.
Oil viscosity must be chosen according to the kind of oleohydraulic pumps and motors used and in
compliance with the working temperature of the plant. It is therefore necessary to check the directions
given by the maker for pumps and motors.
In diagram here below we inserted the average viscosity/temperature curves for the commonly used
oils in three groups of different viscosity; in the chart below you can find the relative initials of the
various suppliers.
Generally, we can consider that the most part of modern oleohydraulic pumps and motors works at its
best when using oil with a viscosity ranging from 35-40 cSt at 50C. Since the average working
temperature of hydraulic circuits is about 50C, the most used oil corresponds to curve "C" of chart
below that shows the kind of oil/supplier (that is with a viscosity of 35-43 cSt at 50C).
Of course, it being understood the direction of 40 cSt at 50C, if the working temperature should result
higher than 50-55C, it will be necessary to use an oil with a different viscosity, that will be suggested
by the fluid suppliers themselves. If there should be working conditions with a lower temperature, it
will be convenient to use the oils shown by curves "B" or A, according to the real working
temperature.
Therefore you can also use less (10-15 cSt at 50C) or more viscous fluids (until 58-72 cSt at 50C),
keeping in mind that we generally use less viscous fluids for low pressures (to limit load loss) and
more viscous fluids for high pressures (to reduce inner blows-by).

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42

CHAPTER 5

Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Pag. 90 ( 36 )

Sections Title: Installation

Version: 1.0

Remember that the use of too viscous fluids can cause difficulties in the starting-up at room
temperature because the most part of the oleodynamic pumps do not work regularly at normal speeds
with a higher viscosity than 290-365 cSt.

Diagram Viscosity/Temperature

Line

DIN 51524-2

H - LP 32

H - LP 46

H - LP 68

Viscosity cSt at 50C

16 20

24 28

31 39

AGIP

OSO 32

OSO 46

OSO 68

IP

Hydrus 32

Hydrus 46

Hydrus 68

BP

Energol HLP 32

Energol HLP 46

Energol HLP 68

CASTROL

Hyspin AWS 32

Hyspin AWS 46

Hyspin AWS 68

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42

CHAPTER 5

Machine: Unwinders and Winder


Customer Lidersan Saglik

Pag. 91 ( 36 )

Sections Title: Installation

Version: 1.0

Line

ESSO

Nuto H 32

Nuto H 46

Nuto H 68

MOBIL

DTE 24

DTE 25

DTE 26

SHELL

Tellus 32

Tellus 46

Tellus 68

CHEVRON

EP Hydraulic Oil 32

EP Hydraulic Oil 46

EP Hydraulic Oil 68
EN

These guidelines are purely indicative, thus in special operating conditions we suggest you contact
our technical department and the oil manufacturer.
Of course, different oils must be used in special running conditions; for example, there are special oils
for outdoor plants running at very low temperatures, especially where a progressive start-up is not
allowed, but the system must be ready to run promptly at any time (for example in cable-car systems),
as well as when inflammable oils are required, etc.
Special attention must be paid to the running temperature, which acts as a catalyst for pollution and
chemical-physical degradation. In particular, the temperature encourages the formation of oxygenated
compounds such as aldehydes, chetones, acids and water (which may be indicated as the products
of hydrocarbon degradation). The oxidation speed may be considered more or less constant up to a
temperature of 60 C, and doubles from this point on at each oil temperature increase of 10 C:
- the production of these oxides forms sludge and sediments in the oil.
- a strong catalytic action is provided by copper, thus where possible it is best to avoid using this
metal.

The running temperature must therefore normally be kept between 40 and 50 C, and it is best for it
not be exceed 60 C; in no case should it ever exceed 70 C, since this temperature may cause
damage to seals. It is also necessary to keep in mind that a new mineral oil, as recommended by the
oil companies, always contains a certain number of pollutant particles,; this pollution is due to the
handling of the fluid during shipping and packing.
Only in special cases is it possible to find fluids with a high purity level, for example those responding
to the specification MIL-H-58068. Before adding oil to the circuit, the user must carefully clean the
fluid; in any case, we recommend filling the tank using mobile filtering units.
The oil should be changed regularly every 4'000 hours.
However, it is recommended to submit oil samples to analysis to check the integrity of its chemicalphysical properties, as the above duration in purely indicative and depends not only on the system
characteristics and the service but also on climate conditions and the accuracy of filtering and
maintenance.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 5

Pag. 92 ( 36 )

Sections Title: Installation

Version: 1.0

An top-ups of the oil must be made using oil of the same brand, to avoid various functional problems.
5.6.4.9

FIRE-RESISTANT FLUIDS

Mineral oils have fairly low flame and spontaneous combustion temperatures; many once lit, continue
to burn and expand the flame, thus extending the danger zone.
Thus where fluid leaks may help to create a fire hazard, special products are used that are more
resistant to fire, and which are improperly defined as "inflammable fluids".
Below are just a few suggestions about using the two most widely-used categories:
- Fluids based on phosphorous esters.
- Water-glycol solutions.
We recommend that you consult a qualified manufacturer for the various applications.
Fluids based on phosphorous esters are:
- highly resistant to combustion with low flame propagation;
- good lubricating power;
- fair rust-proof characteristics;
- a limited viscosity index;
- high specific weight;
- incompatible with rubber and paint.

Among their disadvantages are their toxicity and high pollution rate.

Thus when using these fluids, hydraulic systems must adopt special precautions:
- use of flexible hoses and seals made of suitable elastomers (especially Viton, or P.T.F.E., or
even butile within certain limits);
- no use of paint inside the tank or on any surfaces that might come into contact with the fluid
(except in very special cases and after contacting specialized manufacturers);
- continuous and especially accurate filtering of the system, due to the high density of the fluid;
- appropriate sizing of components and pipelines, due to the higher kinetic viscosity.
Fluids based on phosphorous esters emit high running temperatures (even above 100 C), have an
excellent resistance to ageing and require no special maintenance beyond a periodic check of the
water content, which makes these fluids especially aggressive even in small percentages.
Fluids based on water-glycol are solutions with a water content of 40-50%, glycol or propylene glycol
and polyethylene glycols.
La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Installation

CHAPTER 5

Pag. 93 ( 36 )
Version: 1.0

Their resistance to combustion derives from their water content, and thus it is necessary to check the
mix composition periodically in order to top up the water as needed: their main disadvantage is a
relatively high alteration due to evaporation.
They have : a high viscosity index, a fair lubricating power, good anti-rust properties, are incompatible
with pains and high density, but only for elastomers.
EN
Thus when using these fluids, we recommend that you:
- check the compatibility with the seals, which is normally verified at least for the static seals in
the valves;
- use larger tanks (with volumes of 8-10 times the pump capacity);
- include an efficient thermostatic control of the fluid temperature, which should be kept around
40-50 C; avoid temperatures above 65 C.
- size the system for limited flow speeds (max. 3 m/sec.)
- reduce the pump rotation speed, which should not exceed 1'000 - 1'200 r.p.m. (we do not
advise the use of gear pumps)
- reduce the maximum running pressure, which should be limited to 100 - 120 bars.
Finally, cadmium-coated components should not be used.
5.6.4.10 CLEANING THE SYSTEM
In new systems it is impossible to completely eliminate contaminating substances, even by adopting
the precautions described above. It is therefore necessary to thoroughly clean a new system before
using it.

To prevent polluted oil from damaging the system components, a few precautions should be taken:
- by-pass the utilities, motors and cylinders, and control valve banks;
- fully open all taps and throttles mounted on the line;
- isolate buffers from the rest of the circuit;
- if possible, include two batteries of filters in cascade formation in the conduit returning to the
station, with a filtering power of 125 , 25 and 10 , respectively, so that filtering is in any
case lower than during operation.
The power station itself may be used to clean the system if the above precautions are taken.
For large or considerably important systems, however, a special flow station must be used, with
motor-driven pump units and an independent tank.
La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Installation

CHAPTER 5

Pag. 94 ( 36 )
Version: 1.0

The cleaning fluid must be selected from among high-quality mineral oils, in collaboration with a
qualified manufacturer, and must be compatible with the seals and running fluid because it is
generally possible that not all of the cleaning fluid will be removed from the system.
We recommend a flow speed in the pipes of 5-6 m/sec.
The flow should take place with the oil hot (approx. 40 C).
It is not possible to set a standard time; in any case, cleaning should not be done for less than 40-50
consecutive hours. The clog level of the filter cartridges should be checked, indicating the degree of
cleaning gradually reached by the system.
5.6.4.11 STARTING THE SYSTEM
When starting the motor-driven pump units, take the following precautions. These are essential in
order to immediately ensure the necessary lubrication of the internal parts:
- Make sure that any valves or gates on the intake and delivery side are open.
- Make sure that the pump is free to turn manually, without encountering excessive resistance,
and that the rotation direction of the motor coincides with that of the pump.
- Fill the pump body with the fluid used in the circuit through the drainage hole; if this is not
possible, through the delivery conduit.
- Vent the maximum pressure valve located on the delivery conduit. The pumps must normally be
started in a vacuum. In any case, contact the manufacturer to see if different instructions are
given.
- Start the electric jog motor to assist the engaging of the pump, indicated by a pressure gauge
that should be present in delivery and by the change in the noise of the pump, which becomes
quieter when engaged.
If possible, it is a good rule to have the pump run for a certain period of time at reduced speed, to
break in the system.
While filling the system, air must be purged, as pressure from air causes functioning problems and
speeds up wear.
To facilitate this operation, special air release valves may be placed on the pump delivery, or special
rapid-lock valves can be placed on the stations and special panels. The air closed within the pipelines
may be eliminated by loosening the fittings on the top side of the system and inserting purge taps; for
the cylinders, use the breather screws provided.
Air release is indicated by the appearance of foam: when a continuous, clear flow comes from the
fitting or breather, the air has been eliminated.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Installation

CHAPTER 5

Pag. 95 ( 36 )
Version: 1.0

Once the system has been filled and the air released, check the oil level in the tank and top up if
necessary, then put the system gradually under pressure. Set and fine-tune the adjustment valves.
It is best for this to be done at full running temperature.
The system may now be inspected.
Make sure that no foam forms in the tank: this indicated air infiltration in the pump intake (as long as
the return pipe to the tank remains immersed in oil, as indicated above).
When oils with a certain viscosity are used and the environmental temperature is very low, there could
be functioning problems and loud pump noise during start-up due to the high oil viscosity. In this case,
the oil should somehow be preheated before start-up (for example, using a heating element) or the
pump speed reduce: in small systems, you can also heat the oil by having the pump run for a certain
time in short circuit under average pressure before running the system.
After a few hours of operation, clean the filters, check the oil level in the tank again and carefully
check all fitting seals.

5.7

COMMISSIONING

DANGER
BEFORE CONNECTING THE MACHINE TO THE POWER SOURCE, CHECK
THAT THE MAIN SWITCH IS ON "OFF" OR ON "0".

WARNING
THE KEYS TO OPENING THE DOORS OF THE ELECTRICAL CABINET MUST
BE DELIVERED AND STORED BY THE PLANT MANAGER AND KEPT OUT OF
THE REACH OF THE OPERATORS.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Installation

CHAPTER 5

Pag. 96 ( 36 )
Version: 1.0

CAUTION
BEFORE STARTING THE MACHINE, ALWAYS CHECK ALL CONNECTIONS
AND CHECK THE CONNECTIONS WITH THE PREVIOUS OR FOLLOWING
MACHINES.

The plant set-up, before starting, must include at least the following precautional tests :
- Check if the right lubricants come in the correct quantity and in the proper containers and if the
different points of the machine are correctly lubricated.
- Check all electrical connections, using the diagrams and the cable list.
- Check the correct positioning and the functioning of all sensors and all limit-switches
(mechanical and electrical); These controls must be executed manually under conditions of
maximum safety for the operator (when possible: have the machine working at slow speed or
impulse speed, min. conditions of pressure, etc.)
- Check the pneumatic and/or hydraulic connections to be sure that there are no leaks in the
plant.
After ensuring the previous checks had positive results, check the actual safety conditions, by
simulating a loadless automatic working cycle of the machine (without the product).
If the machine requires fine-tuning operations, these must be carried out by the technicians of A.Celli
Nonwovens s.p.a..
Operate on:
- Regulation and calibration of the pneumatic and/or hydraulic actuators, by means of the
pneumatic and/or hydraulic diagram
- Calibration of the electric motor drives, following the instruction books in appendix
- Check the efficiency and correct functioning of the sensors.
- Check the mechanical limit-switches and the potentiometers.
If the working conditions of the simulated cycle do not need any further changes , it is then possible to
start the motors and synchronise the speed of the different sections of the machine according to their
use.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Installation

CHAPTER 5

Pag. 97 ( 36 )
Version: 1.0

The operator can now start the operation of feeding the product through the machine, starting a first
production cycle. A gradual increase in the operating speed of the machine, starting from low values
(approx. 1/3 of the maximum performance) allows the operator to keep the various functions under
control in safe working conditions.

EN
NOTE
PLEASE, REFER TO THE LUBRICANTS LIST " LUBRICANT LIST A PAG. 278 "

After the checks and the subsequent fine-tuning the machine is ready to start the production cycle.
For the first switching on and for the checks to be carried out refer to "Chap 7 Use and Functioning
a pag. 121".

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 5

Pag. 98 ( 36 )

Sections Title: Installation

This page intentionally left blank

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Version: 1.0

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Safety

CHAPTER 6

Pag. 99 ( 22 )
Version: 1.0

EN

CHAPTER 6.

SAFETY

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 6

Pag. 100 ( 22 )

Sections Title: Safety

This page intentionally left blank.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Version: 1.0

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

6.1

Sections Title: Safety

CHAPTER 6

Pag. 101 ( 22 )
Version: 1.0

GENERAL SAFETY WARNINGS

DANGER
The machine must be used exclusively for the purpose for which it was designed.
Refer to this manual.

Before you start to work on the machine, the operator is required to follow a proper
training in order to familiarize himself with all aspects, technical and safety of the
machine. Refer to this manual.

It is forbidden to work on the machine with procedures, or operators or operators


with only qualifications other than those specified in this manual. Access to the
machine and the surrounding areas is allowed only to authorized and qualified
personnel who are fully aware of all the safety measures and techniques of the
machine.

Do not change the operating conditions of the machine without the prior written
consent of A.Celli Nonwovens s.p.a.. The interlocks are required for correct
operation of the machine and reduce the risks.

It is forbidden to disable or modify in any way the safety devices on the machine.
Penalty is the lapse of the guarantee.
In the event of failure of a safety component immediately contact Technical Service
to order the spare part.

In case of alarm, before to continue with normal operations it is necessary that the
causes of the alarm are identified and removed.

DANGER UNEXPECTED START.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 6

Pag. 102 ( 22 )

Sections Title: Safety

Version: 1.0

The operator to run the machine can only execute the reset command from the operator panel to
restart the machine.
IT MUST NOT ENTER IN THE WORKING AREA OF THE MACHINE TO
ELIMINATE FAILURES OR MALFUNCTIONS. CALL THE MECHANICAL AND
ELECTRICAL MAINTENANCE TECHNICIANS.

It is forbidden to carry out the maintenance, cleaning, repair, inspection or


adjustment with the machine switched on or otherwise without first disconnected
and locked the machine. See " Procedure for Lockout and Tagout a pag. 249 ".

THE KEYS USED FOR THE EXCLUSION OF SAFETY DEVICES MUST NOT
REMAIN ON THE MACHINE BUT MUST BE MAINTAINED BY RESPONSIBLE
STAFF OF THE PLANT AND KEPT OUT OF REACH OF THE OPERATORS.

ATTENTION FOR CLOTHING OF ANYONE WHO WORKS ON THE MACHINE. IT


IS FORBIDDEN THE USE OF CLOTHES WITH HANDLES THAT CAN BE
ATTACHED TO THE MACHINE PARTS. IT IS FORBIDDEN THE USE OF TIES
AND OTHER LOOSE PIECES OF CLOTHING. IT IS FORBIDDEN TO CARRY
BULKY RINGS OR BRACELETS THAT CAN ENTANGLE HANDS TO MACHINE
PARTS.

DANGER - ELECTRICAL
TO PERFORM ELECTRICAL OPERATIONS, IT IS RECOMMENDED TO AVAIL
OF A TRAINED AND SKILLED OPERATOR, OR SOMEONE TRAINED AND
INSTRUCTED BY THE SKILLED OPERATOR :

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 6

Pag. 103 ( 22 )

Sections Title: Safety

Version: 1.0

OR

HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK. NEVER THROW WATER OR LIQUID ON THE


ELECTRICAL PANEL OR ON THE CONTROL PANEL.

IN CASE OF FIRE, USE ONLY FIRE EXTINGUISHERS CO2. OTHER


EXTINGUISHERS COULD DO IRREPARABLE DAMAGES TO THE ELECTRICAL
COMPONENTS.

WARNING
IMMEDIATELY WIPE OFF ANY OIL LEAKS AROUND THE MACHINE, AS THEY
MAY REPRESENT A SERIOUS RISK OF AN ACCIDENT FOR THOSE WHO ARE
OPERATING AROUND. SEE "REMOVAL OF OILS AND LUBRICANTS A PAG.
298."

NOTE
BEFORE MAKING THE MACHINE FUNCTIONAL READ THE INSTRUCTIONS CONTAINED IN THIS
MANUAL AND CAREFULLY FOLLOW THE INDICATIONS INCLUDED IN IT.

THIS INFORMATION MUST BE SCRUPULOUSLY OBSERVED AND PRESERVED. IN CASE OF


SALE OF THE MACHINE TO THIRD PARTIES, IT MUST BE TRANSFERRED IN FULL AND
LEGIBLE.

THE MANUFACTURER DISCLAIMS ANY LIABILITY FOR DAMAGE TO PROPERTY OR PERSONS


OR TO THE MACHINE CAUSED BY METHODS OF TRANSPORT, HANDLING, INSTALLATION,
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OTHER THAN THOSE INDICATED IN THIS MANUAL.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

6.2

CHAPTER 6

Pag. 104 ( 22 )

Sections Title: Safety

Version: 1.0

SPACE REQUIRED FOR OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

6.2.1 WORKING AREA OF THE MACHINE


The working area of the machine is identified by the perimeter delimited by fixed guards that surround
it. Access to the work area of the machine is restricted to trained personnel. Access to the work area
is possible only through the doors, which are interlocked with guard locking. For their position refer to
the drawing:
781M500022D.PDF

663G500022D.PDF

781P700022S.PDF

6.2.2 OPERATOR'S WORKING AREA

CAUTION
MUST LEAVE AT LEAST ONE METER BETWEEN THE MACHINE AND OTHER
LARGE ITEMS TO ENABLE THE OPERATOR TO SAFELY PERFORM
OPERATIONS, MAINTENANCE OR DISMANTLING OF THE COMPONENTS.

ACCESS TO THE INSIDE OF THE PROTECTIONS IS ONLY POSSIBLE UNDER


CERTAIN CONDITIONS OF MACHINE STATUS.
Operator position drawing :
PO2014039-40-41-42.pdf

Area

Job

AREA (1)

Start-up and operation of the machine


Cleaning machine, Cabinet and push-button

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Area

Sections Title: Safety

CHAPTER 6

Pag. 105 ( 22 )
Version: 1.0

Job
Control of the working cycle

AREA (2)

Placement of the Master Roll on the Unwinder


Removing shaft of the finished Master Roll from the Unwinder
Handling the finished reel in output from Winder
Handling the Master Rolls awaiting processing

AREA (3)

Troubleshooting Alarms
Adjustments and restore of working conditions
Web thread up on Unwinders and Winder
Positioning of the knives for the production

AREA (4)

Ordinary maintenance
Extraordinary maintenance

AREA (5)

Control of the working cycle

AREA (1)

Machine is running

- Area outside of the fixed guards.


- Access to this area of work is allowed to Operators: people trained on the operation and
security of the machine.
AREA (2)

Machine is running

- Area inside of the fixed guards but external to the fixed guards of the individual machines.
- Access to this area of work is allowed to operators:
- People trained on the operation and security of the machine.
La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Safety

CHAPTER 6

Pag. 106 ( 22 )
Version: 1.0

- Persons authorized to use lifting equipment and make lifting operations.


AREA (3)

Machine is running with safety doors opened.

Machine is running with safety doors opened.

- Area inside to the safety guards of the individual machines. The access to this area of work is
protected by a guard interlocked the opening of which disables only some functions.
- Access to this area of work is allowed only to electrical or mechanical maintenance engineers:
- Technicians trained on the operation and security systems of the machine.
- Skilled technicians or technicians trained by experts, able to recognize the dangers arising
from maintenance on electrical circuits or mechanical components.
- Technicians able to recognize, isolate and neutralize the sources of power direct and / or
accumulated.
AREA (4)

Machine is running with safety doors opened.

Machine is running with safety doors opened.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42

CHAPTER 6

Machine: Unwinders and Winder


Customer Lidersan Saglik

Pag. 107 ( 22 )

Sections Title: Safety

Version: 1.0

- Area inside to the safety guards of the individual machines. The access to this area of work is
protected by a fixed guards and a guard interlocked the opening of which disables only some
functions. The access to this area of work is allowed after a "Lock-out - Tag-out" procedure.
- Access to this area of work is allowed only to electrical or mechanical maintenance engineers:
- Technicians trained on the operation and security systems of the machine.
- Skilled technicians or technicians trained by experts, able to recognize the dangers arising
from maintenance on electrical circuits or mechanical components.
- Technicians able to recognize, isolate and neutralize the sources of power direct and / or
accumulated.
AREA (5)

Machine is running

- Walkways and stairs.


- Access to this area of work, is allowed to Operators: technicians trained on the operation and
security systems of the machine.

6.3

LABELS APPLIED THE MACHINE

Some safety labels, that indicate the type of risk in that area, have been applied on the machine
where necessary. Their positions are shown below:
Safety sign

Meanings

Position on the Machine

Electrical Hazard

Electrical panel and junction boxes

You may not use water to extinguish fires

Electrical panel

Danger hot surface

Surfaces of electric motors

General Hazard

Area operator

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42

CHAPTER 6

Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Safety sign

Pag. 108 ( 22 )

Sections Title: Safety

Meanings

Version: 1.0

Position on the Machine


Transit area and load on Unwinder of the

Danger presence of suspended loads

Master Rolls, inside and outside of the


safety guards. Discharge area of the
reels from the Rewinder.
Area of contact between the Master Roll

Attention to the hands

and Unwinder. Area dedicated to the


extraction and introduction of cores.
Area within the fixed guards. The signal

No entry for unauthorized persons

is applied to the interlocked doors for


access to this area.

It is forbidden to carry out the


maintenance, cleaning, repair, inspection
or adjustment with the machine turned on

Area dedicated to web thread up on


Unwinder. Area inside the safety guards.
The signal is applied to the interlocked
doors for access to this area.

It is forbidden to turn off or change in any


way the safety components on the
machine. Penalty of forfeiture of the

Area inside the safety guards. The signal

guarantee. In the event of failure of a

is applied to the interlocked doors of

safety component immediately contact

access to that area and the fixed guards.

the technical service A.Celli Nonwovens


s.p.a. to order spare parts.
Sign risk

6.4

RESIDUAL RISKS

NOTE
RISK AREAS ARE INDICATED IN THE DRAWING:

PO2014039-40-41-42.pdf

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 6

Pag. 109 ( 22 )

Sections Title: Safety

Version: 1.0

THE RISK TYPE IS IDENTIFIED BY WARNING SIGNS.

FOR RESIDUAL RISK IS DEFINED AS A POTENTIAL DANGER, IMPOSSIBLE TO ELIMINATE OR


PARTIALLY REMOVED, WHICH CAN CAUSE DAMAGE IF THE OPERATOR INTERVENES USING
METHODS AND WORK PRACTICES THAT ARE INCORRECT.

EN
FAILURE TO OBSERVE THE FOLLOWING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS MAY RESULT IN SERIOUS
PERSONAL INJURY AND DAMAGE TO PROPERTY!

DANGER
DANGER OF ENTANGLEMENT OR ENTRAPMENT.

This danger exists as the machine is made of fast rotating components. In order to limit the
consequent risks, appropriate mechanical safety guards have been planned. Their functionality must
always be protected and guaranteed.
Do not remove safety guards while the machine is running.

Do not operate on components in motion.

The residual risk of entrainment or entrapment can occur when the user accesses within the fixed
guards, including the shelters and the machine.
DURING OPERATION OF THE MACHINE CONSIDER EACH ALARM AND
OPERATE WITH THE UTMOST CARE.

DANGER - ELECTRICAL
The electrical equipment is functioning properly at an ambient temperature within +5 and +40 , with
a relative humidity between 30 and 95% (non-condensing).

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 6

Pag. 110 ( 22 )

Sections Title: Safety

Version: 1.0

The electrical equipment is protected against solid objects and water. The pulpit of command, control
cabinet and control panels have a minimum protection class IP 43.
The motors, both in AC and DC, have a minimum protection class IP 23.
The machine has been built according to the instructions given by the European standards EN 60204
-1.
- In order to reduce all the electrical hazards must be strictly observe the following safety rules:
TO PERFORM ELECTRICAL OPERATIONS, IT IS RECOMMENDED TO AVAIL
OF A TRAINED AND SKILLED OPERATOR, OR SOMEONE TRAINED AND
INSTRUCTED BY THE SKILLED OPERATOR :

OR

THE ELECTRICAL TECHNICIANS SHOULD HAVE THE ELECTRICAL


REQUIREMENTS OF THE LAW IN FORCE IN THE COUNTRY OF
INSTALLATION OF THE MACHINE AND MUST HAVE READ THE WIRING
DIAGRAM AND THIS HANDBOOK.

MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENT OPERATIONS WITH THE ELECTRICAL


PANEL OPEN ARE ALLOWED ONLY TO QUALIFIED ELECTRICAL
PERSONNEL, AFTER IDENTIFYING WITH CERTAINTY THE PARTS UNDER
VOLTAGE.

DO NOT TAMPER PROTECTION AGAINST DIRECT OR INDIRECT CONTACT


WITH PARTS UNDER TENSION, NOR GROUND EQUIPMENT.

THE CABINET CONTAINS HAZARDOUS LIVE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS.


SHOULD IT BE NECESSARY TO CARRY OUT TESTS WITH THE ELECTRICAL
CABINET UNDER TENSION, THE FOLLOWING GUIDE LINES MUST BE
FOLLOWED :

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 6

Pag. 111 ( 22 )

Sections Title: Safety

Version: 1.0

- Remove all jewellery (Rings, necklaces and bracelets).


- Take note of all instruments and working conditions.
- Wear suitable clothes and individual safety device.
- Wear insulating shoes.
- Make sure to stop any mechanical operation.
- When possible, work on an insulating basement.
BEFORE STARTING ANY OPERATION REQUIRING AN INTERLOCK DEVICE
OR ANY OTHER SAFETY DEVICE MADE INACTIVE, MAKE SURE THAT THE
ELECTRIC SECTIONING IS ALWAYS EFFECTIVE.

IF THE TYPE OF MAINTENANCE OR ADJUSTMENT DOES NOT ALLOW TO


DISCONNECT THE POWER SUPPLY IT IS RECOMMENDED TO IDENTIFY WITH
CERTAINTY THE ACTIVE PARTS OF THE MAINTENANCE AND ALL THE
POINTS OF POSSIBLE POWER SUPPLY.

REALIZE THE CONDITION OF DOUBLE INSOLATING PROTECTION AGAINST


LIVE PARTS ON WHICH OPERATING.

KEEP STRICTLY THE DISTANCE OF 15 CM BETWEEN THE LIVE PARTS OF


THE INTERVENTION AREA AND PARTS OF THE BODY NOT COVERED BY
INSULATION.

WARNING

SLIPPING AND FALLING HAZARD

Obligation to wear safety shoes.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Safety

CHAPTER 6

Pag. 112 ( 22 )
Version: 1.0

Walkways and ladders are made with no-slip materials.

AREAS OF WALKWAYS TO ACCESS TO THE MACHINE,


WALKWAYS AND STAIRS. CLEAN REGULARLY AND KEEP
TIDY.

FRICTION OR ABRASION HAZARD

Obligation to wear a suit to protect the body.

No accessible parts of the machine have any sharp edges, sharp angles, or rough surfaces likely to
cause injury. The remaining abrasion hazard can occur when the operator enter inside safety fences,
between guards and Machine.

IMPACT HAZARD

Obligation to wear a safety helmet.

The danger of head impact exists for the operator entering the machine area to carry out maintenance
interventions, especially in the areas beneath the mechanical devices.

CUTTING HAZARD

Obligation to protect hands with gloves.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 6

Pag. 113 ( 22 )

Sections Title: Safety

Version: 1.0

PARTICULAR ATTENTION MUST BE PAID BY THE


OPERATORS WORKING IN THE AREAS NEAR THE
CUTTING DEVICES OR NEAR SHARP EDGES. THESE
MAINTENANCE OPERATIONS HAVE TO BE CARRIED OUT
WHEN THE MACHINE IS NOT WORKING. DURING
MAINTENANCE OF THE KNIVES IS MANDATORY TO WEAR
GLOVES TO PROTECT YOUR HANDS. IF PRESENT, USE
THE SPECIAL EQUIPMENT FOR REMOVING AND HANDLING
THE KNIVES. SEE THE CHAPTER "CHAP 8 MAINTENANCE
A PAG. 243".

FIRE HAZARD

At least one fire extinguisher must be placed near the machine.

Check the good condition of the hydraulic plant. Hydraulic oil bursts into flames when it reaches the
temperature of about 200C.
Keep the machine and the surrounding area clean.
La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 6

Pag. 114 ( 22 )

Sections Title: Safety

Version: 1.0

Welding or flame cutting operations must be authorized and performed under the control of the staff in
charge of the fire service.
All personnel must be thoroughly informed about the company emergency procedures in case of fire
and/or explosion, including evacuation plans and rules of prevention and protection against these
hazards.
High temperature, combined with dust, paper wastes and sparks can cause a fire.

CUTTING HAZARD. DURING MAINTENANCE OF THE KNIVES IS MANDATORY


TO WEAR GLOVES TO PROTECT YOUR HANDS. IF PRESENT, USE THE
SPECIAL EQUIPMENT FOR REMOVING AND HANDLING THE KNIVES.

Obligation to protect hands with gloves.

DANGER FROM NOISE.

Required to wear headphones for hearing protection.

It is forbidden to stand near the machine without the protective equipment of hearing.

WARNING
THERMAL HAZARD.

High temperature on the outer surfaces of the electric motors. Wait until the cooling of the component
prior to performing maintenance.
DANGER OF CONTACT WITH OIL AT HIGH TEMPERATURES.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Safety

CHAPTER 6

Pag. 115 ( 22 )
Version: 1.0

Wait until the oil cooling before performing disassembly of the piping.
THE RESIDUAL RISK OF BURNS MAY OCCUR IN THE SPLICING AND CROSSCUTTING AREAS OF REWINDER.

EN

CAUTION
BIOLOGICAL HAZARD.

If dangerous chemical products are used to clean and wash encrusted areas, read the toxicology
cards beforehand.
Wear individual protective devices as indicated on the safety card.
DANGER DUSTS AND CHEMICALS

The cut of the product may result in the emission of dust into the surrounding environment. Do not
stay longer than is necessary in dusty areas.
Obligation to protect the airway.

HIGH PRESSURE FLUID EJECTION HAZARD.

The hydraulic system has been realized according to the regulations in force on the subject, above all
as far as piping and connections are concerned. Metal piping (electro-galvanized steel) have been
mostly used, for their high mechanical strength and in order to avoid any breaking risks due to
accidental collisions or abrasions. Only when it was strictly necessary, friction flexible pipes at high
resistance have been used.
The pneumatic system has been realized according to the standards in force.
DUST AND CHEMICAL AGENTS HAZARD.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Safety

CHAPTER 6

Pag. 116 ( 22 )
Version: 1.0

ACCORDING TO THE PRODUCT WORKED, DURING THE CUTTING PHASE OF


THE WEB MAY OCCUR EMISSIONS OF DUST INTO THE SURROUNDING
ENVIRONMENT. REFER TO THE DATA SHEET FOR THE PRODUCT WORKED.
IF HARMFUL DO NOT STAY LONGER THAN NECESSARY IN DUSTY AREAS.

Obligation to protect the airway.

6.5

DESCRIPTION OF SAFETY EQUIPMENTS

To ensure the safety of the machine there are several devices interfaced with:
- Software interlocks.
- Mechanical interlocks.
- Indicating special conditions.
- Preventing access to certain areas.
These devices are three different types :
- Safety devices.
- Functional safeties.
- Safety fixed and moveable guards.
To identify their position on the Machine, refer to drawings :
PO2014039-40-41-42.pdf

2014039.pdf

2014040.pdf

2014041.pdf

2014042.pdf

781M500022D.PDF

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Safety

CHAPTER 6

Pag. 117 ( 22 )
Version: 1.0

663G500022D.PDF

781P700022S.PDF

6.5.1 SAFETY EQUIPMENTS


In order to avoid any possible injuries due to wrong maneuvering, interlocking safety devices have
been installed.
- Main electrical disconnecting switch, manual and lockable.
- Main pneumatic disconnecting valve, manual and lockable.
- Emergency mushroom-shaped buttons.
- Safety unit to control the integrity of the emergency circuit.

Main Electrical disconnecting switch Main Pneumatic disconnecting valve Emergency push button

- Emergency stop with feet and/or hand control.


- Emergency stop trip wire switches.
- Audible warning device signaling various phases of the machine when operating.
- Audible warning device signaling emergency conditions.
- Visible warning device signaling various phases of the machine when operating.
- Visible warning device signaling emergency conditions.
IN ACCORDANCE WITH EN 13849-1, THE EMERGENCY CONTROL SYSTEM
ENSURES A PERFORMANCE LEVEL "D".

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42

CHAPTER 6

Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Pag. 118 ( 22 )

Sections Title: Safety

Version: 1.0

Emergency stop with feet and/or hand

Visible warning device for

Visible warning for

control

operating

emergency

- On hydraulic and pneumatic actuators that control dangerous movements are installed in closed
center solenoid valves or block valves to prevent an unexpected start-up in case of power
failure, as reported in the attached diagrams.

6.5.2 FUNCTIONAL SAFETY


On the machine can be installed the following control devices:
- Sensors for detecting the position of the movable parts.
- Reed Sensors.
- Photocells for web presence.
- Load cells for Reel presence.
- Interlocks on the doors of access to the workspace.

6.5.3 FIXED AND MOVABLE GUARDS


The machine is fenced with fixed guards. There are interlocked doors that allow entry only in the work
area with the machine stopped or running at low speed. Their openness involves the cutting of the
auxiliary energy.
On the Machine there are:
- Fixed guards on some moveable parts, removable only with the aid of tools.
- Bellows for protection against dust installed in the sliding guides.
- Repair wire mesh.
- Repair in Lexan.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

6.6

Sections Title: Safety

CHAPTER 6

Pag. 119 ( 22 )
Version: 1.0

PROCEDURES TO BE FOLLOWED IN CASE OF ACCIDENT, BLOCK ,


DAMAGE OR FIRE

In case of injury , you should always :


- Stop the machine by pressing the closer emergency button.
- Close the isolating valve air inlet.
- Remove the person who has had an accident and make certain of his condition. In relation to
the severity of the accident to call the emergency personnel.
- If the person is entangled with the clothes in the machine parts cut clothes to free him.
- Inform respective authorities.
In the event of a machine block or as a result of any malfunction or failure, you should always :
- Turn off the machine by pressing the emergency button.
- Close the isolating valve air inlet.
- Locate and remove the cause of the shutdown or malfunction.
- After restoring normal operative condition you can proceed to the normal restart.
In the event of a release of smoke or signs of fire anywhere on the machine, you should always :
- Turn off the machine by pressing the emergency button.
- Close the isolating valve air inlet.
- Warn personnel to firefighting procedures.
- Proceed to extinguish fire using fire extinguishers only to CO2.
- Contact your technical support service.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 6

Pag. 120 ( 22 )

Sections Title: Safety

This page intentionally left blank

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Version: 1.0

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

and Functioning

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 121 ( 122 )


Version: 1.0

EN

CHAPTER 7.

USE AND FUNCTIONING

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 122 ( 122 )

Sections Title: Use

and Functioning

This page intentionally left blank.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Version: 1.0

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

7.1

Sections Title: Use

and Functioning

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 123 ( 122 )


Version: 1.0

SAFETY WARNINGS

NOTE
READING THIS CHAPTER ASSUMES, FOR THE PURPOSES OF A SAFE USE OF THE MACHINE,
THE KNOWLEDGE OF WHAT IS CONTAINED IN CHAPTER "GENERAL SAFETY WARNINGS A
PAG. 101".

THE READING OF THIS CHAPTER ASSUMES, FOR THE PURPOSES OF THE SAFE USE OF THE
MACHINE, THE KNOWLEDGE OF WHAT IS CONTAINED IN THE SECTION "RESIDUAL RISKS A
PAG. 108".

BEFORE RUNNING THE MACHINE, CHECK THE PIPING AND PLUMBING.


VISUALLY CHECK THAT THERE ARE NO LEAKS IN THE SYSTEM THROUGH
THE READING OF GAUGES IN THEIR BOXES. CHECK THE ILLUMINATION OF
THE "AUXILIARY INSERTED" AND TEST LAMPS FROM THE MAIN
ELECTRICAL PANEL.

EVERY TIME THE MACHINE IS STARTED OR BEFORE STARTING THE WORK


CYCLE, CHECK THE EFFICIENCY OF THE SAFETY DEVICES.

DANGER
BEFORE STARTING THE MACHINE, CHECK THAT NO OPERATOR IS INSIDE
THE AREA FENCED BY FIXED GUARDS (WORKING AREA OF THE MACHINE).

WARNING
IT IS PROHIBITED TO USE THE MACHINE BY UNQUALIFIED, INCOMPETENT,
NOT SOBER OR DRUG ADDICTED PERSONNEL.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 124 ( 122 )


and Functioning

Version: 1.0

ALLOW FREE FROM OBJECTS (BOXES, TOOLS, CABLES) THE ACCESS WAY
TO THE CONTROL PANELS AND IN PARTICULAR TO EMERGENCY BUTTONS
TO DISCONNECT PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL AND PNEUMATIC SYSTEMS.
THE OPERATORS MUST HAVE AN EASY ACCESS TO ALL THE SAFETY
DEVICES ON THE MACHINE FROM ANYWHERE THEY COMES FROM.

CAUTION
THE MACHINE MUST BE OPERATED AND MAINTAINED BY SKILLED
OPERATORS AUTHORIZED BY THE CUSTOMER WHO HAVE PARTICIPATED
IN TRAINING COURSES CONDUCTED BY THE MACHINE MANUFACTURER
TECHNICIANS.

OBSERVE THE WORKSPACES AROUND THE MACHINE, SO THAT THE


OPERATOR EASILY REACHES THE EMERGENCY BUTTON.

7.1.1 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE)

Obligation to protect hands with gloves.

Obligation to wear a suit to protect the body.

Obligation to wear safety shoes.

Required to wear headphones for hearing protection.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

7.2

Sections Title: Use

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 125 ( 122 )

and Functioning

Version: 1.0

INTENDED USE

NOTE
THE LIMITS OF THE MACHINE IN TERMS OF ENERGY CONSUMPTION AND ARE REPORTED IN
CHAPTER 3, TECHNICAL DATA A PAG. 37.

The machine is designed for unwinding reels of plastic material, continuously : both films that
nonwoven fabric. Both unwound materials are sent to another Machine that deals with the sticking of
the two products.
The laminated material is cut, trimmed and wound on cardboard cores, ready for subsequent
processing.
The limits of use of the machine are described in section " Technical data a pag. 37 ".

NOTE
THE MACHINE HAS BEEN DESIGNED FOR THE PRODUCTS DESCRIBED IN THE SECTION
"PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS A PAG. 126" WITH THE OPERATING LIMITS DESCRIBED IN THE
SECTION "CHAP 3 DESCRIPTION OF THE MACHINE A PAG. 29." ANY USE OF THE MACHINE
OTHER THAN THOSE DESCRIBED IN THE SECTION "INTENDED USE" IS CONSIDERED
"MISUSE". IN THESE CASES, THE MANUFACTURER DECLINES ANY LIABILITY FOR ANY
DAMAGE CAUSED TO PERSONS OR PROPERTY AND CONSIDERS VOID ANY WARRANTY ON
THE MACHINE ITSELF.

THE MANUFACTURER IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR DAMAGES CAUSED BY USING THE MACHINE
IN WAYS OTHER THAN THOSE DESCRIBED IN PARAGRAPH "TECHNICAL DATA A PAG. 37".

THE MACHINE IS INTENDED FOR PROFESSIONAL USE ONLY BY SKILLED OPERATORS AND
DRIVERS TRAINED IN THE PROPER USE OF THE MACHINE, THE METHOD OF ADJUSTMENT
AND BEHAVIOR TO BE FOLLOWED IN THE EVENT OF A MALFUNCTION.

THE OPERATOR OF THE MACHINE MUST BE PERFORMED BY A SINGLE PERSON WHO


CARRIES OUT ITS TASK FROM THE WORK SITE NEAR THE MAIN COMMAND AND CONTROL
PULPIT.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42

CHAPTER 7

Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

Pag. 126 ( 122 )


and Functioning

Version: 1.0

THE OPERATOR MUST ENSURE THAT WHEN RUNNING THE MACHINE THERE IS NOBODY
WITHIN THE AREA FENCED BY RIGID METAL GUARDS AND INTERLOCKED DOORS.

ONLY DURING THE ADJUSTMENT OPERATION, CONTROL AND MAINTENANCE, PERSONNEL,


SPECIFICALLY TRAINED AND AWARE OF THE RISKS AND CORRECT MODE OF BEHAVIOR, CAN
ACCESS WITHIN THE SAFETY GUARDS FOR CONTROLS OR OPERATIONS TO BE
PERFORMED.

USE THE MACHINE ONLY WITH THE ORIGINAL ACCESSORIES OR AUTHORIZED BY THE
MANUFACTURER.

7.2.1 PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS


Technical data

U.M.

Value

Fiber type

PP ; PE

Product formation technology

Spunbond (PP)

Cohesion technology

Calendred
8 30 (PP)

Basic weight

g/m

Web tension

N/m

20 200

Density

kg/dm

Finish technology

10 20 (PE)

Tear resistance

Thickness

mm

7.2.2 DIMENSION OF MASTER ROLL AND FINISHED REEL


Technical data

U.M.

Value

Web width

mm

1'000 2'200

Master Roll max diameter

mm

Min slitting width

mm

Reel min. diameter (min - max)

mm

500 1'500 (PP)


1'200 (PE)

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

and Functioning

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 127 ( 122 )


Version: 1.0

7.2.3 CHARACTERISTICS OF THE CARDBOARD CORES


For the perfect working of the A.Celli Nonwovens s.p.a. machines, it is necessary to use cardboard
cores that have at least the below-mentioned requirements:
- The cardboard cores must be of top quality.
- The 3 cores must have a tolerance on the internal diameter of: 76 +0 +0,7 mm
- The 6 cores must have a tolerance on the internal diameter of: 152 +0 +0,7 mm
- Roundness deviation or ovalization: the deviation must be smaller or equal to 0,5 mm. The
UNI 10328 (*) set of rules regulate the measurement mode of this value. It is the maximum
range of the sensitive device placed at a core end, while it is rotating of 360.
- Straightness deviation or curving: the deviation must be smaller or equal to 1 mm every
metre in length of the core. The UNI 10328 (*) set of rules regulate the measurement mode of
this value. It is the range, in millimetres, collected by the sensitive device in the centre of the
core, while it is rotating of 360.
- Compression strength: the strength of the cardboard cores must be no smaller than 900 N out
of 10 cm. The UNI 10328 (*) set of rules regulate the measurement mode of this value.
- Crush resistance: the cardboard cores shall have a resistance to crushing as per the table
below.
inner of the core

Thickness

Minimum Crush Resistance

(mm)

(mm)

(N/100mm)

76

1000

76

12

1650

152

750

152

12

1200

172

700

172

12

1100

- The cardboard cores must be normalized in a drying oven, so that the residual humidity shall
not be higher than 9%. The UNI 10328 (*) set of rules regulate the measurement mode of this
value.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 128 ( 122 )


and Functioning

Version: 1.0

- Conservation: the cardboard cores must be preserved in a dry place, so as to avoid the
humidity reabsorption. It is also important to preserve the cores inside packages, or inside
wooden frames, so as to allow them to be packed one on the other, without damaging the
straightness of the cardboard cores.
We recommend the customer to cautiously choose the supplier of the cardboard cores, requiring at
least the above-mentioned characteristics. It is also important for the customer to check these values,
making sure that these values are guaranteed by the supplier according to the UNI 10328 (*) rules
that regulate these tests.
(*) - The UNI 10328 rules are divided into seven sections, as follows:
Rule

Description

UNI 10328/1

Tests on paper or cardboard cores. Terms and definitions.

UNI 10328/2
UNI 10328/3
UNI 10328/4
UNI 10328/5
UNI 10328/6

UNI 10328/7

7.3

Tests on paper or cardboard cores. Sampling and criteria for the


acceptance of the parcel.
Tests on paper or cardboard cores. Conditioning.
Tests on paper or cardboard cores. Determination of the humidity
content. Drying process in stoves.
Tests on paper or cardboard cores. Determination of dimensions.
Tests on paper or cardboard cores. Determination of roundness or
straightness deviation.
Tests on paper or cardboard cores. Determination of the compression
strength.

REASONABLY FORESEEABLE MISUSE

DANGER
IT IS FORBIDDEN TO TAMPER THE SECURITY SYSTEMS OF THE MACHINE
OR ANY EQUIPMENT USED TO CONTROL THE MANUFACTURING PROCESS
(EG, POSITION SENSORS, LIMIT SWITCHES, FLOW SWITCHES, PRESSURE
SWITCHES ...).

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 129 ( 122 )

and Functioning

Version: 1.0

DANGER OF PINCHING AND DRAGGING. IT IS FORBIDDEN TO REMOVE THE


FIXED GUARDS AND PROTECTIVE GUARD WITH THE MACHINE RUNNING.

NEVER START THE MACHINE WITH GUARDS REMOVED.

DANGER UNEXPECTED START.

The operator to run the machine can only execute the reset command from the operator panel to
restart the machine.
IT MUST NOT ENTER IN THE WORKING AREA OF THE MACHINE TO
ELIMINATE FAILURES OR MALFUNCTIONS. CALL THE MECHANICAL AND
ELECTRICAL MAINTENANCE TECHNICIANS.

IT IS STRICTLY FORBIDDEN CLIMBING ON FRAMES AND GUARDS, BENDING


INTO DANGER AREAS AND CREEPING INTO OR UNDERNEATH RUNNING
MACHINES.

NO MAINTENANCE INTERVENTION OR ADJUSTMENT HAS TO BE


UNDERTAKEN ON ANY PART OF THE MACHINE WITHOUT FIRST
DISCONNECTING AND LOCKING THE MACHINE - POWER SUPPLY
INTERFACE (SEE "PROCEDURE FOR LOCKOUT AND TAGOUT A PAG. 249").

WARNING

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 130 ( 122 )


and Functioning

Version: 1.0

ALLOW FREE FROM OBJECTS (BOXES, TOOLS, CABLES) THE ACCESS WAY
TO THE CONTROL PANELS AND IN PARTICULAR TO EMERGENCY BUTTONS
TO DISCONNECT PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL AND PNEUMATIC SYSTEMS.
THE OPERATORS MUST HAVE AN EASY ACCESS TO ALL THE SAFETY
DEVICES ON THE MACHINE FROM ANYWHERE THEY COMES FROM.

Do not change the operating conditions of the machine without the prior written
consent of A.Celli Nonwovens s.p.a.. The interlocks are required for correct
operation of the machine and reduce the risks.

CAUTION
IT IS PROHIBITED TO PROCESS MATERIALS OTHER THAN THOSE
MENTIONED IN THE INTENDED USE. IT IS ALSO PROHIBITED PROCESS
FIBERS WHICH MAY INTRODUCE RISKS OF BIOLOGICAL NATURE AND / OR
CARCINOGENIC AND FABRICS WITH FLAME TEMPERATURE BELOW 100 C.

IT IS ABSOLUTELY FORBIDDEN TO BRING INTO THE MACHINE METALLIC


MATERIALS, HARD MATERIALS, FLAMMABLE MATERIALS AND ANY OTHER
MATERIAL THAT COULD DAMAGE THE CARRING ROLLERS AND IDLER
ROLLERS OR PRODUCE FRAGMENTS, SPLINTERS, DUST OR VAPORS
DURING REWINDING THAT CAN AFFECT, FLOOD OR POISON ANYONE IN
THE VICINITY OF THE MACHINE.

IT IS REASONABLY FORESEEABLE MISUSE TO USE PART OF THE WORKING


AREA AS A STORE FOR MATERIALS NO LONGER NECESSARY FOR
PROCESSING.

DO NOT COVER WITH OBJECTS OR WALLS THE SLOTS ON THE


ELECTRICAL PANEL USED FOR THE CIRCULATION OF COOLING AIR.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 131 ( 122 )

and Functioning

Version: 1.0

DO NOT INSTALL ON A MACHINE PC SOFTWARE OR HARDWARE OTHER


THAN THAT SUPPLIED BY THE MACHINE MANUFACTURER.

DO NOT LEAVE THE MACHINE UNATTENDED WHILE IT IS TURNED ON OR


WHILE IT IS RUNNING THE AUTOMATIC CYCLE.
EN
IMMEDIATELY WIPE OFF ANY OIL LEAKS AROUND THE MACHINE, AS THEY
MAY REPRESENT A SERIOUS RISK OF AN ACCIDENT FOR THOSE WHO ARE
OPERATING AROUND. SEE "REMOVAL OF OILS AND LUBRICANTS A PAG.
298."

USE ONLY CORES OF THE QUALITY DESCRIBED IN THE SECTION


"CARDBOARD CORES SPECIFICATIONS A PAG. 127".

7.4

DESCRIPTION OF THE COMMANDS AND CONTROLS

For the arrangement of the cabinet and the control box refer to the drawing :
p9579p_R11.pdf

For the position of electrical components inside cabinet refer to the wiring diagram:
2014039_GB.pdf

2014040_GB.pdf

2014041_GB.pdf

2014042_GB.pdf

7.4.1 NO-STOP UNWINDER - ELECTRICAL CABINET


The electrical cabinet of No-Stop Unwinder (+ECU) is composed with a modular system.
- If the electrical cabinet is inside a control room will be locked the door to the room.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 132 ( 122 )


and Functioning

Version: 1.0

- If the electrical cabinet is on field near the machine will be locked the doors of the cabinet so do
not have a free access to the electrical components.

ECU Box

Position

Description

Main circuit breaker

Function
Machine-power supply interface used to switch on/off the
electrical supply.

UPS Auxiliaries

Switch used to enable or to disable the external power

400VAC 3ph

supply by UPS system for 24 V circuit.

Auxiliaries - on

Lamp test

Drive - disabled

Blue lamp indicating that the power circuit of the auxiliaries is


on.
White push button used to verify the efficiency of all lamps
on the relative control panel.
Red warning lamp indicating the corresponding disabled
drive status.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Position

Sections Title: Use

Description

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 133 ( 122 )

and Functioning

Version: 1.0

Function
Switch used to enable or to disable the converter of the

Drive -

corresponding motor so as to avoid any unexpected start

disable/enable

whenever a mechanical maintenance intervention is carried


out on that specific machine section.

Emergency - on

Yellow warning lamp indicating the emergency stop


intervention on the relative control panel.
Mushroom-shaped button used to stop the machine in case
of emergency. When pushed, the machine starts braking

Emergency stop

rapidly. In order to re-start the machine, remove all faulty or


dangerous conditions and turn the mushroom shaped device
clockwise to restore the normal working conditions.

7.4.2 WINDER - ELECTRICAL CABINET


The electrical cabinet of Winder (+ECW) is composed with a modular system
- If the electrical cabinet is inside a control room will be locked the door to the room.
- If the electrical cabinet is on field near the machine will be locked the doors of the cabinet so do
not have a free access to the electrical components.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42

CHAPTER 7

Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

Pag. 134 ( 122 )


and Functioning

ECW

Ref.

Description

Main circuit breaker

Auxiliaries - on

Lamp test

Drive - disabled

Drive - disable/enable

Emergency - on

Emergency stop

MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER


Machine-power supply interface used to switch on/off the electrical supply.
AUXILIARIES - ON
Blue lamp indicating that the power circuit of the auxiliaries is on.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Version: 1.0

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 135 ( 122 )

and Functioning

Version: 1.0

LAMP TEST
White push button used to verify the efficiency of all lamps on the relative control panel.
DRIVE - DISABLED
Red warning lamp indicating the corresponding disabled drive status.
EN
DRIVE - DISABLE / ENABLE
Switch used to enable or to disable the converter of the corresponding motor so as to avoid any
unexpected start whenever a mechanical maintenance intervention is carried out on that specific
machine section.
EMERGENCY - ON
Yellow warning lamp indicating the emergency stop intervention on the relative control panel.
EMERGENCY STOP
Mushroom-shaped button used to stop the machine in case of emergency.
When it is pushed, the machine starts braking rapidly. In order to re-start the machine, remove all
faulty or dangerous conditions and turn the mushroom shaped device clockwise to restore the normal
working conditions.

7.4.3 EXTRACTOR - ELECTRICAL CABINET


The electrical cabinet of Extractor (+ECE) is composed of a module with interlocked doors.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 136 ( 122 )


and Functioning

Ref.

Description

Main circuit breaker

Auxiliaries - on

Lamp test

Emergency - on

Emergency stop

Version: 1.0

MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER


Machine-power supply interface used to switch on/off the electrical supply.
AUXILIARIES - ON
Blue lamp indicating that the power circuit of the auxiliaries is on.
LAMP TEST
White push button used to verify the efficiency of all lamps on the relative control panel.
EMERGENCY - ON
Yellow warning lamp indicating the emergency stop intervention on the relative control panel.
EMERGENCY STOP
Mushroom-shaped button used to stop the machine in case of emergency.
When it is pushed, the machine starts braking rapidly. In order to re-start the machine, remove all
faulty or dangerous conditions and turn the mushroom shaped device clockwise to restore the normal
working conditions.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

and Functioning

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 137 ( 122 )


Version: 1.0

7.4.4 NO-STOP UNWINDER - CONTROL DESKS


NON WOVEN
7.4.4.2

NO-STOP UNWINDER - CONTROL DESK +CDU


EN

Control Desk CDU

Position

Description

Function

Reel centring -

Three-position centre-off luminous selector used to align axially

Operator side/Drive

the reel through the lateral movement of the unwinder.

side

The lamp is on when the unwinder is centred.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Description

Revolver rotation

11

Tension insertion

15

16

Pag. 138 ( 122 )

Sections Title: Use

Position

CHAPTER 7

and Functioning

Version: 1.0

Function
Three-position centre-off black selector used to rotate the
revolver clockwise or counter-clockwise.
Luminous push button used to enable the tension automatic
control.

Front area chuck jog

Three-position centre-off black selector used to rotate the

- Unwind/Wind

chucks, currently in their unwinding position, at jog speed.

Rear area chuck jog

Three-position centre-off black selector used to rotate the

- Unwind / wind

chucks, currently in their reel loading position, at jog speed.


Blue luminous push button used to activate the automatic cycle
for the ejection of the finished reel and the loading of a new reel.

18

Start automatic cycle

When the cycle conditions are active for the reel doffing to be
carried out, this button starts blinking.
Once it has been pushed, it lights on during all the automatic
cycle.
Green luminous push-button which activates the working run.
By pushing this button, from the threading run status, the
machine will start with reference to the parameters of the
acceleration edge managed by the driver, until it reaches

19

Work speed

the speed set by the Operator.


By pushing this button, with the machine stopped, a horn
sounds at least for 3s, the warning lamp of the button blinks
and the rotating alarms are activated. Afterwards the horn stops
sounding and in the next three seconds the operator confirms
the action by pushing the button again.
Red push button used to stop the Unwinder according to the

20

Stop

21

Line start

White luminous push button used to start the Line

22

Line stop

Red push button used to stop the Line.

23

26

Local command
request
Horn quiet

normal braking procedures.

Luminous push-button at customers disposal.


Yellow push button used to silence the horn after any signalling
of emergency or hazard.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Position

27

Sections Title: Use

Description
Revolver safety
barrier reset

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 139 ( 122 )

and Functioning

Version: 1.0

Function
Yellow luminous push button used to reset the condition of the
revolver safety barrier.
The warning lamp is on when the alarm condition must be reset.

29

Speed increase

Black push button used to increase the speed of the line.

30

Speed decrease

Black push button used to decrease the speed of the line.

31

In line request

Luminous push-button at customers disposal.

Slide guard -

Three-position centre-off green luminous selector used to lock or

Open/Close

to unlock the platform gate.

33

34

Lamp test

35

Emergency - on

White push button used to verify the efficiency of all lamps on


the relative control panel.
Yellow warning lamp indicating the emergency stop intervention
on the relative control panel.
Mushroom-shaped button used to stop the machine in case of
emergency. When it is pushed, the machine starts braking

36

Emergency stop

rapidly. In order to re-start the machine, remove all faulty or


dangerous conditions and turn the mushroom shaped device
clockwise to restore the normal working conditions.

7.4.4.3

Position

NO-STOP UNWINDER - CONTROL DESK +CBG1

Description

Function

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Position

Pag. 140 ( 122 )

Sections Title: Use

Description

CHAPTER 7

and Functioning

Version: 1.0

Function
Green luminous three-position centre-off selector used to

Threading in

activate or deactivate the locking/unlocking device of the

Revolver safety gate

Revolver gate.

Unlock / Lock

The lamp is on when the gate is unlocked and it is possible to


enter.

7.4.4.4

NO-STOP UNWINDER - CONTROL DESK +CBU1

Position

Description

Emergency stop

Chuck O.S.

Lifting platform

Chuck / Lifting platform Enable

EMERGENCY STOP
Mushroom-shaped button used to stop the machine in case of emergency.
When it is pushed, the machine starts braking rapidly. In order to re-start the machine, remove all
faulty or dangerous conditions and turn the mushroom shaped device clockwise to restore the normal
working conditions.
CHUCK O.S. - CLOSE / OPEN
Push button used to open or close the chuck on operator side.
LIFTING PLATFORM - UP / DOWN
Pushbutton to move the lifting platform up or down.
La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 141 ( 122 )

and Functioning

Version: 1.0

CHUCK / LIFTING PLATFORM ENABLE


Push button used to enable the movements of the chuck and lifting platform.

7.4.4.5

NO-STOP UNWINDER - CONTROL DESK +CBU3


EN

Position

Description
NW Reel centring -

Operator side/Drive
side
PE Reel centring -

Operator side/Drive
side

Function
Three-position centre-off selector used to align axially the reel
through the lateral movement of the NW Unwinder.

Three-position centre-off selector used to align axially the reel


through the lateral movement of the PE Unwinder.

Front area chuck jog

Three-position centre-off black selector used to rotate the

- Unwind/Wind

chucks, currently in their unwinding position, at jog speed.

Slack

Dandy roll insertion

Black push button used to reset the web tension after the
threading operation. It is active until it is pressed.
Luminous pushbutton used to activate the dandy roll.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Pag. 142 ( 122 )

Sections Title: Use

Position

Description

Tension insertion

Lamp test

CHAPTER 7

and Functioning

Version: 1.0

Function
Luminous push button used to enable the tension automatic
control.
White push button used to verify the efficiency of all the lamps of
the relative control panel.
Green luminous three-position centre-off selector used to

Threading in safety

activate or deactivate the locking/unlocking device of the central

gate centre side

gate.

Unlock / Lock

The lamp is on when the gate is unlocked and it is possible to


enter.

11

Emergency - on

Yellow warning lamp indicating the emergency stop intervention


on the relative control panel.
Mushroom-shaped button used to stop the machine in case of
emergency. When it is pushed, the machine starts braking

12

Emergency stop

rapidly. In order to re-start the machine, remove all faulty or


dangerous conditions and turn the mushroom shaped device
clockwise to restore the standard working conditions.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

7.4.4.6

Sections Title: Use

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 143 ( 122 )

and Functioning

Version: 1.0

NO-STOP UNWINDER - CONTROL DESK +CBU3A

EN

Position

Description
Cut group - Up /
Down

Press roll in cut


position

Cross cut

Revolver rotation

Dandy roll insertion

Tension insertion

Lamp test

Function
Three-position centre-off luminous selector used to move the
cross cut group to its working position or to bring it to its rest
position.
Black pushbutton used to bring the press roll of the cut group to
its working position, so as to paste the sheet of the new reel with
the one of the unwinding reel.
Black push button activating the web cross cut.
Three-position centre-off black selector used to rotate the
revolver clockwise or counter-clockwise.
Luminous pushbutton used to activate the dandy roll.
Luminous push button used to enable the tension automatic
control.
White push button used to verify the efficiency of all the lamps of
the relative control panel.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Position

Pag. 144 ( 122 )

Sections Title: Use

Description

CHAPTER 7

and Functioning

Version: 1.0

Function
Green luminous push-button which activates the working run.
By pushing this button, from the threading run status, the
machine will start with reference to the parameters of the
acceleration edge managed by the driver, until it reaches

Work speed

the speed set by the Operator.


By pushing this button, with the machine stopped, a horn
sounds at least for 3s, the warning lamp of the button blinks
and the rotating alarms are activated. Afterwards the horn stops
sounding and in the next three seconds the operator confirms
the action by pushing the button again.

10

Stop

11

Emergency - on

Red push button used to stop the Unwinder according to the


normal braking procedures.
Yellow warning lamp indicating the emergency stop intervention
on the relative control panel.
Mushroom-shaped button used to stop the machine in case of
emergency. When it is pushed, the machine starts braking

12

Emergency stop

rapidly. In order to re-start the machine, remove all faulty or


dangerous conditions and turn the mushroom shaped device
clockwise to restore the standard working conditions.

7.4.4.7

NO-STOP UNWINDER - CONTROL DESK +CBU4

Position

Description

Emergency stop

Chuck D.S.

Chuck enable

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

and Functioning

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 145 ( 122 )


Version: 1.0

EMERGENCY STOP
Mushroom-shaped button used to stop the machine in case of emergency.
When it is pushed, the machine starts braking rapidly. In order to re-start the machine, remove all
faulty or dangerous conditions and turn the mushroom shaped device clockwise to restore the normal
working conditions.
CHUCK T.S. - CLOSE / OPEN
Push button used to open or close the chuck on Drive side.
CHUCK ENABLE
Push button used to enable the movements of the chuck.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

Pag. 146 ( 122 )


and Functioning

FILM
7.4.4.8

CHAPTER 7

NO-STOP UNWINDER - CONTROL DESK +CDU

Ref.

Description

Load Reel Slide Guard - Open

Reel centering

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Version: 1.0

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

and Functioning

Ref.

Description

Load Reel Slide Guard - Close

Revolver rotation

10

11

Tension insertion

12

13

14

15

Front area chuck jog

16

Rear area chuck jog

17

18

Automatic cycle Start

19

Work speed

20

Stop

21

Line Start

22

Line Stop

23

Local command request

24

25

Unwinder footboard safety gate

26

Horn quiet

27

Emergency reset

28

29

Speed increase

30

Speed decrease

31

In line request

32

33

34

Lamp test

35

Emergency on

36

Emergency stop

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 147 ( 122 )


Version: 1.0

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 148 ( 122 )


and Functioning

Version: 1.0

LOAD REEL SLIDE GUARD - OPEN


Push button used to open the slide guard for the load of the reel.
REEL CENTERING - DRIVE SIDE / TENDER SIDE
Three-position, centre-off luminous selector, used to align axially the Reel through lateral
displacement of the Unwinder.
The lit lamp indicates "Unwinder centered".
LOAD REEL SLIDE GUARD - CLOSE
Push button used to close the slide guard for the load of the reel.
REVOLVER ROTATION - CLOCKWISE / COUNTER CLOCKWISE
Three-position, centre-off black selector, used to move the revolver in clocwise or counter clockwise.
TENSION INSERTION
Luminous push button used to activate the product tension function, during work speed.
FRONT AREA CHUCK JOG - UNWIND / WIND
Three-position, centre-off black selector, used to rotate in jog mode the chucks, that are actually in
unwinding position.
REAR AREA CHUCK JOG - UNWIND / WIND
Three-position, centre-off black selector, used to rotate in jog mode the chucks, that are actually in
Reel loading position.
AUTOMATIC CYCLE
Luminous blue push button used to start the automatic cycle regarding the sequence that foresee the
finished reel ejecting and the new core loading.
When the reel reaches the diameter or the length set, this button starts blinking : once it has been
pushed it lights on during all the automatic cycle.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 149 ( 122 )

and Functioning

Version: 1.0

WORK SPEED
Green luminous push-button activating the working run.
By pushing this button, the machine will start from threading run status according to the parameters
of the acceleration ramp, until the speed set by the operator is reached.
By pushing this button, with the machine stopped, a horn will sound at least for 3s as the warning
lamp of the button blinks and the rotating alarms are activated. In the following three seconds after the
horn has silenced, the operator confirms the action by pushing the button once again.
STOP
Red push button used to stop the Machine according to the normal braking procedures.
LINE START
Luminous push button used to start the Line
LINE STOP
Red button used to stop the line.
LOCAL COMMAND REQUEST
Luminous push button available for the Customer.
UNWINDER FOOTBOARD SAFETY GATE - LOCK / UNLOCK
Green luminous three-positions centre-off selector used to lock or to unlock the Unwinder safety gate
to access to the footboard.
HORN QUIET
Yellow push button used to silence the horn after any signalling of emergency or hazard.
EMERGENCY RESET
Yellow luminous push button used to reset the condition of emergency stop before the machine is restarted according to its standard working conditions.
The warning lamp is on when the alarm condition must be reset.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 150 ( 122 )


and Functioning

Version: 1.0

LINE SPEED INCREASE


Black push button used to increase the line speed.
LINE DECREASE SPEED
Black push button used to decrease the line speed.
IN LINE REQUEST
Luminous push button available for the Customer.
LAMP TEST
White push button used to verify the efficiency of all lamps on the relative control panel.
EMERGENCY - ON
Yellow warning lamp indicating the emergency stop intervention on the relative control panel.
EMERGENCY STOP
Mushroom-shaped button used to stop the machine in case of emergency.
When it is pushed, the machine starts braking rapidly. In order to re-start the machine, remove all
faulty or dangerous conditions and turn the mushroom shaped device clockwise to restore the normal
working conditions.

7.4.4.9

NO-STOP UNWINDER - CONTROL DESK +CBU1

Position

Description

Emergency stop

Chuck O.S.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

and Functioning

Position

Description

Lifting platform

Chuck / Lifting platform Enable

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 151 ( 122 )


Version: 1.0

EMERGENCY STOP
Mushroom-shaped button used to stop the machine in case of emergency.
When it is pushed, the machine starts braking rapidly. In order to re-start the machine, remove all
faulty or dangerous conditions and turn the mushroom shaped device clockwise to restore the normal
working conditions.
CHUCK O.S. - CLOSE / OPEN
Push button used to open or close the chuck on operator side.
LIFTING PLATFORM - UP / DOWN
Pushbutton to move the lifting platform up or down.
CHUCK / LIFTING PLATFORM ENABLE
Push button used to enable the movements of the chuck and lifting platform.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 152 ( 122 )

Sections Title: Use

and Functioning

Version: 1.0

7.4.4.10 NO-STOP UNWINDER - CONTROL DESK +CBU3

Position

Description

Dandy roll insertion

Tension insertion

Slack

Front area chuck jog


- Unwind/Wind

Lamp test

Function
Luminous push button used to enable the working of the rider
roll.
Luminous push button used to enable the tension automatic
control.
Black push button used to reset the web tension after the
threading operation. It is active until it is pressed.
Three-position centre-off black selector used to start the parent
reel on the Unwinder by jog impulses, either clockwise or
anticlockwise.
White push button used to verify the efficiency of all the lamps of
the relative control panel.
Green luminous three-position centre-off selector used to

Threading in safety

activate or deactivate the locking/unlocking device of the central

gate centre side

gate.

Unlock / Lock

The lamp is on when the gate is unlocked and it is possible to


enter.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

Position

Description

11

Emergency - on

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 153 ( 122 )

and Functioning

Version: 1.0

Function
Yellow warning lamp indicating the emergency stop intervention
on the relative control panel.
Mushroom-shaped button used to stop the machine in case of
emergency. When it is pushed, the machine starts braking

12

Emergency stop

rapidly. In order to re-start the machine, remove all faulty or


dangerous conditions and turn the mushroom shaped device
clockwise to restore the standard working conditions.

7.4.4.11 NO-STOP UNWINDER - CONTROL DESK +CBU3A

Position

Description
Cut group - Up /
Down

Press roll in cut


position

Function
Three-position centre-off luminous selector used to move the
cross cut group to its working position or to bring it to its rest
position.
Black pushbutton used to bring the press roll of the cut group to
its working position, so as to paste the sheet of the new reel with
the one of the unwinding reel.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 154 ( 122 )

Sections Title: Use

and Functioning

Position

Description

Function

Cross cut

Black push button activating the web cross cut.

Revolver rotation

Dandy roll insertion

Tension insertion

Lamp test

Version: 1.0

Three-position centre-off black selector used to rotate the


revolver clockwise or counter-clockwise.
Luminous pushbutton used to activate the dandy roll.
Luminous push button used to enable the tension automatic
control.
White push button used to verify the efficiency of all the lamps of
the relative control panel.
Green luminous push-button which activates the working run.
By pushing this button, from the threading run status, the
machine will start with reference to the parameters of the
acceleration edge managed by the driver, until it reaches

Work speed

the speed set by the Operator.


By pushing this button, with the machine stopped, a horn
sounds at least for 3s, the warning lamp of the button blinks
and the rotating alarms are activated. Afterwards the horn stops
sounding and in the next three seconds the operator confirms
the action by pushing the button again.

10

Stop

11

Emergency - on

Red push button used to stop the Unwinder according to the


normal braking procedures.
Yellow warning lamp indicating the emergency stop intervention
on the relative control panel.
Mushroom-shaped button used to stop the machine in case of
emergency. When it is pushed, the machine starts braking

12

Emergency stop

rapidly. In order to re-start the machine, remove all faulty or


dangerous conditions and turn the mushroom shaped device
clockwise to restore the standard working conditions.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

and Functioning

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 155 ( 122 )


Version: 1.0

7.4.4.12 NO-STOP UNWINDER - CONTROL DESK +CBU4

EN

Position

Description

Emergency stop

Chuck D.S.

Chuck enable

7.4.4.13 NO-STOP UNWINDER - CONTROL DESK +CBU5

Position
1

Description

Function

Unwinder - web

Three-position centre-off black selector used to activate the web

thread up

thread up on Unwinder.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 156 ( 122 )

Sections Title: Use

and Functioning

Version: 1.0

7.4.4.14 NO-STOP UNWINDER - CONTROL DESK +CBG1

Position

Description

Function
Green luminous three-position centre-off selector used to

Threading in

activate or deactivate the locking/unlocking device of the

Revolver safety gate

Revolver gate.

Unlock / Lock

The lamp is on when the gate is unlocked and it is possible to


enter.

7.4.4.15 NO-STOP UNWINDER - CONTROL DESK +CBG2

Position

Description
Unwinder - Safety

gate for thread up


belt
Unlock/Lock

Function
Green luminous three-position centre-off selector used to
activate or deactivate the locking/unlocking device of the
Unwinder gate on drive side.
The lamp is on when the gate is unlocked and it is possible to
enter.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42

CHAPTER 7

Machine: Unwinders and Winder


Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

Pag. 157 ( 122 )

and Functioning

Version: 1.0

7.4.5 WINDER - CONTROL DESKS


7.4.5.1

WINDER - CONTROL DESK +CDW

EN

CDW

Position

Description
Shaft loader

Upstroke /
Downstroke

Function
Three-position, centre-off black selector used to lift or to lower
the spool loader.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Position

10

Supports
Lock / Unlock

Spool feeding arms


Up / Down

Horizontal carriages
Press / Eject

13

14

15
20

Version: 1.0

Function
Three-position, centre-off black selector used to lock the winding
spools when they are on the loader or to unlock them when they
have been placed on their winding position.
Three-position, centre-off black selector, used to raise or to
lower the spool feeder and to bring and position them in their
winding seat.
Three-position centre -off black selector used to move the
horizontal carriages, either to press them against the driving roll
or to move them away from it.
Three-position centre-off black selector used to lock the winding

shaft clamps

spool on the horizontal carriages when these are in their winding

Rest / Close

position or to unlock it when it has been completely wound.

Shaft detents

Three-position centre -off black selector used to raise the

horizontal carriages

detents, which stop the reel or to push it in its storage and / or

Up / Down

removal position.

Cut group

Three-position, centre-off black selector, used to move up /

Up / Down

down the cross cut group.

Axial helper

Luminous push button used to activate or deactivate the axial

On / Off

helper.

Chucks

Three-position centre-off luminous selector used to open or to

Open / Close

close the chucks.

Upstroke /
Downstroke

12

and Functioning

Horizontal carriages

Reel relieving roll


11

Pag. 158 ( 122 )

Sections Title: Use

Description

CHAPTER 7

Cross cut

Three-position, centre-off black selector used to raise or to lower


the reel relieving roll.
Luminous push button used to do the cross cut of the web.
The lamp is on when the cross cut cycle is active.

Unloaders

Three-position, centre-off black selector used to move the

Receive / Eject

Unloader Table in receive or eject position.

Unloader detents

Three-position, centre-off black selector used to move the

Receive / Eject

detents on Unloader Table in receive or eject position.

Reel unloading

Three-position, centre-off black selector used to move the

Eject / Receive

unloading arms in receive or eject position.

Ejector on truck

Black push-button used to move the ejector on truck.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Position

Sections Title: Use

Description
Manual /

21

semiautomatic /
automatic

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 159 ( 122 )

and Functioning

Version: 1.0

Function
Green luminous selector with three stable positions used to
choose the working mode of the winder.
Luminous blue push button used to start the automatic cycle
regarding the sequence that foresee the finished reel ejecting
and the new core loading.

22

Automatic Cycle

When the cycle conditions are reached, this button starts


blinking.
Once it has been pushed it lights on during all the automatic
cycle.
Green luminous push-button activating the working run.
By pushing this button, the machine will start from threading
run status according to the parameters of the acceleration
ramp, until the speed set by the operator is reached.

23

Work speed

By pushing this button, with the machine stopped, a horn will


sound at least for 3s as the warning lamp of the button blinks
and the rotating alarms are activated. In the following three
seconds after the horn has silenced, the operator confirms the
action by pushing the button once again.
Red push button used to stop the winder according to the

24

Winder stop

25

Line start

White luminous push button used to start the Line

26

Line stop

Red push button used to stop the Line.

Local command

Luminous push-button used to indicate the local machine as

request

speed reference.

27

normal braking procedures.

White push button used to check all lamp efficiency of the

30

Lamp test

32

Speed increase

Black push button used to increase the speed of the line.

33

Speed decrease

Black push button used to decrease the speed of the line.

34

Line request

36

Horn quiet

relative control panel.

Luminous push-button used to indicate the external machine as


speed reference.
Yellow push button used to silence the horn after any signalling
of emergency or hazard.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Description

37

Emergency - on

38

Emergency stop

7.4.5.2

Pag. 160 ( 122 )

Sections Title: Use

Position

CHAPTER 7

and Functioning

Version: 1.0

Function
Yellow warning lamp indicating the emergency stop intervention
on the relative control panel.
Mushroom-shaped button used to stop the machine in case of
emergency.

WINDER - CONTROL DESK +CBW1

CBW1

Position

Description
Knife area safety

gate
Lock / Unlock

Function
Green luminous center-off selector used to lock/unlock the knife
area safety gate.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Position

Sections Title: Use

Description

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 161 ( 122 )

and Functioning

Version: 1.0

Function
Green luminous push-button activating the working run.
By pushing this button, the machine will start from threading
run status according to the parameters of the acceleration
ramp, until the speed set by the operator is reached.

Work speed

By pushing this button, with the machine stopped, a horn will


sound at least for 3s as the warning lamp of the button blinks
and the rotating alarms are activated. In the following three
seconds after the horn has silenced, the operator confirms the
action by pushing the button once again.

5
6
7

10

Winder stop

Red push button used to stop the winder according to the


normal braking procedures.

Expandable shaft

Luminous push button used to lock or unlock the expandable

Lock / Unlock

shaft.

Press roll

Two position selector used to open or close the press roll.

Trim exhauster

Black two-stable-position switch used to activate or deactivate

On / Off

the trim removal system.

Slack

Black push button used to reset the web tension after the
threading operations. It remains active as long as it is pushed.

Trim Knives

Luminous push button used to activate the slitting units for trim.

insertion

When lamp is on knives are activated.

Threading air

Black push-button activating the air blowers and simplifying the

blowers

web threading operations.

12

Lamp test

13

Knife insertion

14

Tension insertion

15

Emergency - on

16

Emergency stop

White push button used to check all lamp efficiency of the


relative control panel.
Luminous push button used to activate the slitting units.
Luminous push button used to activate the product tension
function.
Yellow warning lamp indicating the emergency stop intervention
on the relative control panel.
Mushroom-shaped button used to stop the machine in case of
emergency.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

7.4.5.3

Pag. 162 ( 122 )

Sections Title: Use

and Functioning

WINDER - CONTROL DESK +CBW2

CBW2

Position

Description

Winder safety gate - unlock/lock

Winder safety gate - locked

WINDER SAFETY GATE - LOCK / UNLOCK


Key selector used to unlock or to lock the Winder safety gate.
WINDER SAFETY GATE LOCKED
Green luminous lamp.
It lights on when the winder safety gate is locked.
7.4.5.4

Position

WINDER - CONTROL DESK +CBW4

Description

CHAPTER 7

Function

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Version: 1.0

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Position
1

Sections Title: Use

and Functioning

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 163 ( 122 )


Version: 1.0

Description

Function

Winder safety

Luminous push button used to reset the safety bumper After

bumper reset

restoring working conditions.

7.4.6 HANDLING - CONTROL DESKS


7.4.6.1

CONTROL DESK +CBCL1

Position

Description

Caricatore anime

Canale di scarico

Function
Selettore nero a tre posizioni con ritorno al centro usato per
????????????????????'
Selettore nero a tre posizioni con ritorno al centro usato per
????????????????????'

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Position

Supporto
6

Carroponte in
posizione

???????????????????????

???????????????????????

Supporto sostegno

Pulsante luminoso bianco usato per

asta

???????????????????????

Collegato /

Pulsante luminoso bianco usato per


???????????????????????
Selettore nero a tre posizioni con ritorno al centro usato per
????????????????????'

Support

Black three-positions centre-off selector used to select the shaft

Shaft / Core

or the core support.

Shaft support
15

Pulsante luminoso bianco usato per

anima

Supporto fuori bordo

Version: 1.0

Function

Pulsante luminoso bianco usato per

Scollegato
14

and Functioning

Supporto sostegno

Supporto
10

Pag. 164 ( 122 )

Sections Title: Use

Description

CHAPTER 7

Upstroke /
Downstroke

Black three-positions centre-off selector used to lift or down the


shaft support.

Shaft

Black three positions selector with centre-off used to inflate or

Inflating / Deflating

deflate the shaft.

17

Clamp - Close

Black push-button used to close the clamp.

18

Clamp - Open

Black push-button used to open the clamp.

16

Extraction head
19

Upstroke /
Downstroke

20

Black three-positions centre-off selector used to move the


extraction head upstroke and downstroke.

Extraction head

Black three positions selector with centre-off used to move

Forward / Backward

forward or backward the extraction head.


Blue luminous push button to activate the automatic cycle nr. 3

21

Extractor cycle 3

of extractor.
When the cycle conditions are met, this button flashes. Once
pressed, stays on for the duration of the automatic cycle.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Position

Sections Title: Use

Description

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 165 ( 122 )

and Functioning

Version: 1.0

Function
Blue luminous push button to activate the automatic cycle nr. 2

22

Extractor cycle 2

of extractor.
When the cycle conditions are met, this button flashes. Once
pressed, stays on for the duration of the automatic cycle.
Blue luminous push button to activate the automatic cycle nr. 1

23

Extractor cycle 1

of extractor.
When the cycle conditions are met, this button flashes. Once
pressed, stays on for the duration of the automatic cycle.

24

Manual / Auto
Safety gate of Core

26

introduction area
Lock / Unlock

29

Emergency on

Three-position centre-off green selector used to select the


extractor working mode.
Green luminous center-off selector used to lock/unlock the
safety gate to enter into core introduction area.
Yellow warning lamp indicating the emergency stop intervention
on the relative control panel.
Mushroom-shaped button used to stop the machine in case of
emergency. When it is pushed, the machine starts braking

30

Emergency stop

rapidly. In order to re-start the machine, remove all faulty or


dangerous conditions and turn the mushroom shaped device
clockwise to restore the normal working conditions.

7.4.6.2

Position

HANDLING - CONTROL DESK +CBCL2

Description

Function

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Position

Pag. 166 ( 122 )

Sections Title: Use

Description

CHAPTER 7

and Functioning

Version: 1.0

Function
Green luminous three-position centre-off selector used to

Safety gate
Lock / Unlock

activate or deactivate the locking/unlocking device of the


Handling safety gate.
The lamp is on when the gate is unlocked and it is possible to
enter.

7.4.6.3

Position
7

EXTRACTOR - CONTROL DESK +CBE1

Description

Function

Truck exit reel

Black three-positions centre-off selector used to rotate the

rotation - Wind

finished reel in order to wind or unwind the tail.

Truck ejector

Black push-button used to set the position of the ejector: receive

Receive / Eject

or eject position.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Position
9

Sections Title: Use

and Functioning

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 167 ( 122 )


Version: 1.0

Description

Function

Truck reel keeper

Black three-positions centre-off selector used to open or close

Open / Close

the truck reel keeper.


Black three-positions centre-off selector used to move the truck

10

Truck

of the extractor forward and backward.

Forward / Backward

The truck will move from its present position towards and away
from the Machine.

14

Support

Black three-positions centre-off selector used to select the shaft

Shaft / Core

or the core support.

Shaft support
15

Upstroke /
Downstroke

Black three-positions centre-off selector used to lift or down the


shaft support.

Shaft

Black three positions selector with centre-off used to inflate or

Inflating / Deflating

deflate the shaft.

17

Clamp - Close

Black push-button used to close the clamp.

18

Clamp - Open

Black push-button used to open the clamp.

16

Extraction head
19

Upstroke /
Downstroke

20

Black three-positions centre-off selector used to move the


extraction head upstroke and downstroke.

Extraction head

Black three positions selector with centre-off used to move

Forward / Backward

forward or backward the extraction head.


Blue luminous push button to activate the automatic cycle nr. 3

21

Extractor cycle 3

of extractor.
When the cycle conditions are met, this button flashes. Once
pressed, stays on for the duration of the automatic cycle.
Blue luminous push button to activate the automatic cycle nr. 2

22

Extractor cycle 2

of extractor.
When the cycle conditions are met, this button flashes. Once
pressed, stays on for the duration of the automatic cycle.
Blue luminous push button to activate the automatic cycle nr. 1

23

Extractor cycle 1

of extractor.
When the cycle conditions are met, this button flashes. Once
pressed, stays on for the duration of the automatic cycle.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Description

24

Manual / Auto

26

27

28

29

Pag. 168 ( 122 )

Sections Title: Use

Position

CHAPTER 7

and Functioning

Version: 1.0

Function
Three-position centre-off green selector used to select the
extractor working mode.

Shuttle safety

Yellow luminous push button used to reset the safety bumber of

bumper reset

shuttle.

Laser crash barrier

Yellow luminous push button used to reset the safety crash

reset

barrier.

Comands

Two position selector used to enable or disable the manual

Enable / Disable

movements.

Emergency on

Yellow warning lamp indicating the emergency stop intervention


on the relative control panel.
Mushroom-shaped button used to stop the machine in case of
emergency. When it is pushed, the machine starts braking

30

Emergency stop

rapidly. In order to re-start the machine, remove all faulty or


dangerous conditions and turn the mushroom shaped device
clockwise to restore the normal working conditions.

7.4.7 PNEUMATIC CONTROL BOX


The solenoid valves and pressure regulators with gauges on the pneumatic system, are part of the
pneumatic control box, which is separated from the electrical section.
This section explains the features of the pressure regulators installed outside of the pneumatic control
boxes, so that the operator can optimize the control and improve the functioning of the machine.
Some pressure regulators, however, are installed within the pneumatic control boxes, and they being
adjusted during start-up by A.Celli Nonwovens s.p.a. technicians. The calibration of these regulators
may only done by skilled and trained mechanics.
On all pneumatic control boxes, on the side of the box, on the collector of the main power air supply,
is located a pressure regulator which regulates the operating air pressure for the line to which it is
dedicated.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

and Functioning

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 169 ( 122 )


Version: 1.0

EN

Line regulation pressure : 6-7 bar

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 170 ( 122 )

Sections Title: Use

and Functioning

Version: 1.0

7.4.8 NO-STOP UNWINDER - PNEUMATIC CONTROL BOX


7.4.8.1

Position

NO-STOP UNWINDER - PNEUMATIC CONTROL BOX +PBU3

Description

Value

Function
This pressure reducer is used to adjust the working

Press roll up

45

pressure of the press roll in upper position.


The correspondent gauge shows this pressure.
This pressure reducer is used to adjust the working

Tank

56

pressure inside the tank.


The corresponding manometer shows this pressure.
This pressure reducer is used to adjust the working

Press roll down

45

pressure of the press roll in lower position.


The correspondent gauge shows this pressure.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Position

Sections Title: Use

Description

and Functioning

Value

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 171 ( 122 )


Version: 1.0

Function
This pressure reducer is used to adjust the working

Cross cut

45

pressure of the cross cut system.


The corresponding gauge shows this pressure.

EN
7.4.8.2

Position

NO-STOP UNWINDER - PNEUMATIC CONTROL BOX +PBU31

Description

Value

Function
This pressure reducer is used to adjust the working

Dancer roll

13

pressure of the dandy roll.


The corresponding manometer shows this pressure.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Pag. 172 ( 122 )

Sections Title: Use

and Functioning

7.4.9 WINDER - PNEUMATIC CABINET


7.4.9.1

Position

WINDER - PNEUMATIC CONTROL BOX +PBW1

Description

CHAPTER 7

Value

Function

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Version: 1.0

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Position

Sections Title: Use

Description
Shaft loading arms
relieving

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 173 ( 122 )

and Functioning

Value

Version: 1.0

Function
This pressure reducer is used to adjust the shaft

12 bar

loading arms relieving working pressure.


The corresponding gauge shows this pressure.
This pressure reducer is used to adjust the working

Press roll

23 bar

pressure of the press roll.


The corresponding gauge shows this pressure.
This pressure reducer is used to adjust the working

Knives advance

22,5 bar

pressure of the knives during their advancement


movement.
The corresponding gauge shows this pressure.
This pressure reducer is used to adjust the working

Knives approach

34 bar

pressure of the slitting knives against the counterknives.


The corresponding gauge shows this pressure.

Counter-knives
locking

This pressure reducer is used to adjust the locking


5 bar

The corresponding gauge shows this pressure.


Adjusted

Shaft loading arms

according
to panel
Adjusted

Horizontal carriages

according
to panel
Adjusted

Reel sustention

pressure of the counter-knives bands.

according
to panel

This gauge shows the pressure of the supports for


shaft loading.

This gauge shows the pressure of the cylinders of


horizontal carriages.

This gauge shows the pressure of the reel relieving


system.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

7.5

Sections Title: Use

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 174 ( 122 )


and Functioning

Version: 1.0

OPERATOR INTERFACE

7.5.1 MACHINE CONFIGURATION


The machine configurations pertaining to the operator are implemented through the operator panel.
On the control unit you can find four users levels, all of them protected by password.
Each user can only access those functions reserved to him/her. In particular, the Operator will not be
able to access those keys reserved to the Superuser and/or the Shift Supervisor and/or the
Maintenance worker
Rule

Competence

SUPERUSER

Reserved to A.Celli Nonwovens Spa technicians

SHIFT
SUPERVISOR

Shift supervisor

MAINTENANCE

Reserved to for maintenance workers

OPERATOR

Standard Operator

NOTE
THE FIRST THREE LEVELS ARE TIME PASSWORDS; THE OPERATOR ONE, ON THE OTHER
HAND, NEVER EXPIRES.

NOTE
THE OPERATOR CAN ACCESS TO THE INTERFACE PAGES FOR CHECKING AND CHANGING
THE PRODUCTION CYCLE.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 175 ( 122 )

and Functioning

Version: 1.0

7.5.2 NO-STOP UNWINDER OPERATOR INTERFACE PAGES


7.5.2.1

LAYOUT OF THE PAGES

UPPER PART
On the top of each page there are some indicators informing the operator about the machine setting
modes, the name of the page, date and time.

Upper part

Button/Field Description
1

Speed of the Line

Angular position of Revolver

Dancer roll position

Doors, if opened or not

Safety status, if activated or not


Mode of functioning :

- Manual
- Semi-Auto
- Auto

Alarm status

Furthermore, by touching the icons on the screen, it is possible to enter the corresponding panel
pages.
Button/Field Description
8

Control page

Diagnostic page

10

Alarm page

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 176 ( 122 )


and Functioning

Version: 1.0

Button/Field Description
11

Motor page

12

Maintenance page

CENTRAL PART
In the middle of each page, and according to their type, there are all those setting functions reserved
to the operator or the data relating to the instantaneous functioning of the machine.

Central part

LOWER PART
In the lower part of the page you can find the references to the keys to be used to select the desired
functions, specific to that single page.

Lower part

7.5.2.2

MOTOR PAGE

This page shows the current parameters of motors :


- Speed

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

and Functioning

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 177 ( 122 )


Version: 1.0

- Torque
- Temperature

EN

Button/range Login
1

7.5.2.3

Drives reset fault acknoledge

ALARM PAGE

This page shows all the alarm messages sent by the machine in chronological order.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 178 ( 122 )


and Functioning

Version: 1.0

Alarm page

Button

Description

Button for resetting the PLC alarms

Button for accessing the alarm log

Button for resetting the Drive alarms

Alarm display area

ACKNOWLEDGING AN ALARM
To reset an alarm condition, proceed as follows:
- Display all the alarm messages, if more than one, in the Alarm page.
- Notify authorised and trained personnel who will see to removing the causes.
- Acknowledge the alarm by pressing the ACK button.
- Return to the desired page.

NOTE
ALARMS ARE 2 DIFFERENT TYPES

By pressing the " ACK" , the alarm is acknowledged . With alarm went out and recognized the
corresponding text disappears.
At this point, the alarm is saved and will be visible in the Alarm History page.

In case of alarm or fault on a drive, you have to understand the cause and then reset using the reset
button dedicated.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 179 ( 122 )

and Functioning

Version: 1.0

EN

Alarm History page

This page lists all the alarms, both the active ones and those that have been resolved.

Alarm History page

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

7.5.2.4

Sections Title: Use

Pag. 180 ( 122 )


and Functioning

CONTROL PAGE

Button/range Description
1

Push button to select manual mode

Push button to select semi-automatic mode

Push button to select automatic mode

Grammage setting

Reel for start the automatic doffing cycle

Unwinder 1 or 2 setting page


Push button to select the reel diameter reading mode.

- Manual
- Auto

CHAPTER 7

Reel for start the manual doffing cycle

When the operation mode is active, the button is colored.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Version: 1.0

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

7.5.2.5

Sections Title: Use

and Functioning

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 181 ( 122 )


Version: 1.0

USERS PAGE

EN

Button/range

Login

User setting and password

Logon

Logout

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

7.5.2.6

Sections Title: Use

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 182 ( 122 )


and Functioning

Version: 1.0

DIAGNOSTICS PAGE

These pages indicate the movements of all the machine parts.

In the event of a component malfunctioning, go to this page and press the key that corresponds to the
malfunctioning movement.
The diagnostics page relative to the selected component will appear on the screen.
Use the arrows below to scroll through the steps of the cycle and identify the unfulfilled condition.
So that the selected movement can be performed, the necessary conditions must be checked:
- If the condition is fulfilled, the indicator is green.
- If the condition is not fulfilled, the indicator is red.
Every indicator must be green for the actuator to move.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

and Functioning

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 183 ( 122 )


Version: 1.0

EN

7.5.2.7

RESERVED PAGE

On this page you can change the machine parameters.


SETTING PAGE

Button/range Description
1-2-3

Setting the external of the core according to the shaft .

Number of revolution before cut

Setting the length of the junction.

Contact time of the clamping.

7-8-9

Buttons to access the other setup pages.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

Pag. 184 ( 122 )


and Functioning

SETTING FOR REVOLVER PAGE

Button

Description

Move the group in Home position.

CHAPTER 7

Move the group by JOG.


The group moves until the button is pressed.

Setting of the working parameters.

Switch on or switch off the drive

Move the group to the specified position.

Button for the management of safety

It stops the actual movement.

8-9

Go to setting pages

10

Open the Alarm page

11

Button for returning to the previous page

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Version: 1.0

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

and Functioning

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 185 ( 122 )


Version: 1.0

SETTING FOR CUT GROUP PAGE

EN

Button

Description

Move the group in Home position.

Move the group by JOG.


The group moves until the button is pressed.

Setting of the working parameters.

Switch on or switch off the drive

Move the group to the specified position.

Button for the management of safety

It stops the actual movement.

8-9

Go to setting pages

10

Open the Alarm page

11

Button for returning to the previous page

NOTE
THIS PAGE IS USED BY A.CELLI NONWOVENS S.P.A. TECHNICIANS DURING START-UP.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42

CHAPTER 7

Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

Pag. 186 ( 122 )


and Functioning

Version: 1.0

NOTE
THIS PAGE IS USED BY SOFTWARE DURING START-UP, TO LOAD THE SET-UP PARAMETERS.

THIS PAGE IS PROTECTED BY PASSWORD.

THE OPERATOR LEVEL IS AUTOMATICALLY RESTORED AFTER 60S AFTER THE INSERTION OF
THE PASSWORD.

At the pressure on the key, the field appears for


entering the password.
Enter it from the keyboard and confirm with OK.
Press the button again to access the page.

7.5.3 WINDER OPERATOR INTERFACE PAGES

NOTE
THE CONTROL OF THE SPEED OF WINDING CAN BE DONE IN TWO WAYS: TENSION OR DRAW.

TENSION
When the control mode is set to TENSION, the Winder automatically varies its speed so that the
tension of the fabric winding (detected by the load cells), always remains constant.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

and Functioning

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 187 ( 122 )


Version: 1.0

DRAW
When the control mode is set to DRAW, the Winder automatically varies its speed in percentage
relation to the Line speed , according to the following formula.

% DRAW = (WINDER SPEED - LINE SPEED) / (LINE SPEED) * 100


EN

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

7.5.3.2

Sections Title: Use

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 188 ( 122 )


and Functioning

Version: 1.0

LAYOUT OF THE PAGES

UPPER PART
On the top of each page there are some indicators informing the operator about the machine setting
modes, the name of the page, date and time.

Upper part

Tasto/campo Descrizione
1

Display of the instantaneous Line speed.

Display of the instantaneous Winder speed.

Safety status, if activated or not.

Reel length instantaneous display.

It shows the actual reel diameter.


It indicates the actual functioning mode :

Tension
Draw

Tasto/campo Descrizione
4

PLC Status
Type of functioning:

M - Manual
S - Semi-automatic
A - Automatic

Furthermore, by touching the icons on the screen, it is possible to enter the corresponding panel
pages.
Tasto/campo Descrizione

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

and Functioning

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 189 ( 122 )


Version: 1.0

Tasto/campo Descrizione
Control page

Function page
EN
Diagnostic page

Alarm page

Recipe page

Motor page

Setting and maintenance page

A.Celli Nonwovens s.p.a. reserved page

CENTRAL PART
In the middle of each page, and according to their type, there are all those setting functions reserved
to the operator or the data relating to the instantaneous functioning of the machine.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 190 ( 122 )


and Functioning

Version: 1.0

Central part

LOWER PART
In the lower part of the page you can find the references to the keys to be used to select the desired
functions, specific to that single page.

Lower part

7.5.3.3

MAIN CONTROL PAGE

Button/range Description

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

and Functioning

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 191 ( 122 )


Version: 1.0

Button/range Description
1

S roll section

Main Drum section

Reel relieving section

Bowed roll section

Reel Parameters section

Chucks section

Trim section

Field to set the working pressure of the winding arms (value in bar)

Loading arms section.

10

Type of functioning: Draw or Tension

11

Setting of the low speed

12

Diameter of the winding shaft

13

Button for movement of the unloading truck

14
15

It reset tthe meter value.


Press and hold for 3 seconds to reset.
Table with the memory of the last 10 reels (meters, diameter, date and time).

"S" ROLL SECTION


Function

U.M.

Description

Speed

m/min

Speed setting.
Instantaneous display of the Winder speed.

Draw

Display of instantaneous draw between the Line speed and the Winder
speed.

MAIN DRUM SECTION


Function

U.M.

Description

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Function

Sections Title: Use

U.M.

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 192 ( 122 )


and Functioning

Version: 1.0

Description
Setting of the draw value between the line speed and the winder speed

Draw

according to the following formula:


% DRAW = (WINDER SPEED - LINE SPEED) / (LINE SPEED) * 100
Indication of the instantaneous draw value between the line speed and the
Winder speed.

Tension

N/m

Setting of the tension of the winding product.


Indication of the instantaneous tension of the winding product.
Setting of the winder speed control type: Tensioning.

Tens pre-cut

Tens post-cut

Setting of the pre-cut tensioning function.


Press the button to activate the function.
Setting of the post-cut tensioning function.
Press the button to activate the function.

RELIEVING ROLL SECTION - SUS


This roller follows the winding of the Master Roll. The Operator sets the motor torque, which can be
constant or variable according to the diameter of the winding Master Roll.
Function

U.M.

Description

Torque

Setting the Torque value.


Indication of the instantaneous torque of the motor, as % of the nominal
value (%).
Button to enable the Torque control function.

Pressure

bar

Setting the pressure of the SUS on the winding reel (bar).


Indication of the instantaneous pressure of the SUS on the winding reel
(bar).
Button to enable the SUS pressure control function.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 193 ( 122 )

and Functioning

Version: 1.0

BOWED ROLL SECTION


Function

U.M.

Description
Setting of the draw value between Line speed and bowed roll speed,

Draw

according to the following formula:


% DRAW = (ROLL SPEED - LINE SPEED) / (LINE SPEED) * 100
EN

MASTER ROLL PARAMETNERS SECTION


Function

U.M.

Description

Length

Setting of the reel length.


Reel length instantaneous display.

Time

hr -

Time to next doff instantaneous display.

min

Time is indicated in hours and minutes.

PRODUCTION DATA SECTION


On the page there is the memory of the last 10 reel changes made (meter - diameter).

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 194 ( 122 )


and Functioning

Version: 1.0

HORIZONTAL CARRIAGES SECTION


These carriages follow the winding of the Master Roll. The Operator sets the pressure of the
pneumatic cylinders, which can be constant or variable according to the diameter of the winding
Master Roll.
Function

U.M.

H.C. Pressure

bar

Description
Setting of the working pressure of the horizontal carriages that press the
winding reel against the main drum.
It is shown the actual working pressure of the horizontal carriages that
press the winding reel against the main drum.
Button to enable the control pressure function

7.5.3.4

FUNCTIONS PAGE

This page shows the summary of the winding functions


- Tension
- SUS Pressure
- SUS Torque
- Horizontal Carriages pressure

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

and Functioning

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 195 ( 122 )


Version: 1.0

EN

Functions page

Button

Description

Taper control

SUS Torque control

SUS Pressure control

Horizontal carriages pressure control

For each function, it is possible:


- Enable or disable the function
- Indicate if the function is linear or hyperbolic
- Go to settings page

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 196 ( 122 )


and Functioning

Version: 1.0

TAPER FUNCTION

This function allows you to continuously vary the web tension according to the winding reel diameter,
this variation can have a linear or hyperbolic trend.
- Positive trend: the tension of the product increases proportionally to the increase of the
diameter of the winding reel.
- Negative trend: the tension of the product decreases proportionally to the increase of the
diameter of the winding reel.
The operator need only set the two web tension value (Min e Max) and the two reel diameter within
the function must work.
Logically, the diameter values entered must be within the diameter of the core (core) and that of the
maximum reel workable (max).
This function allows to reduce the pressure that the external coils of the reel exert on the internal
ones.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

and Functioning

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 197 ( 122 )


Version: 1.0

EN

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 198 ( 122 )


and Functioning

Version: 1.0

SUS CONTROL FUNCTION - PRESSURE AND TORQUE

This function allows you to continuously vary the SUS PRESSURE according to the winding reel
diameter, this variation can have a linear or hyperbolic trend.
- Positive trend: the pressure increases proportionally to the increase of the diameter of the
winding reel.
- Negative trend: the pressure decreases proportionally to the increase of the diameter of the
winding reel.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

and Functioning

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 199 ( 122 )


Version: 1.0

EN

This function allows you to continuously vary the TORQUE according to the winding reel diameter,
this variation can have a linear or hyperbolic trend.
- Positive trend: the torque increases proportionally to the increase of the diameter of the
winding reel.
- Negative trend: the torque decreases proportionally to the increase of the diameter of the
winding reel.
The operator need only set the two web tension value (Min e Max) and the two reel diameter within
the function must work.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 200 ( 122 )


and Functioning

Version: 1.0

Logically, the diameter values entered must be within the diameter of the core (core) and that of the
maximum reel workable (max).
This function allows to reduce the pressure that the external coils of the reel exert on the internal
ones.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 201 ( 122 )

and Functioning

Version: 1.0

NIP FUNCTION
Nip, expressed in newton meters (N/m) represents the average linear load between the main drum
and the reel formation, acting along the direction that connects their centers.

EN

To properly manage the Nip need to know that:


- Increasing the strength of the Nip increases the density of the reel.
- The geometry of Nip may be different depending on the design of the winder.
- The Nip influence the characteristics and structure of the ended reel.
- The control of Nip is closely connected to the tension and torque.
NIP APPLIED TO REELS.
On winder the strength that pushes reel against the main drum is realized by a pneumatic cylinder
By varying the pressure of this cylinder is possible to implement a Nip. By means of a wire encoder
integral with the side measuring the diameter of the reel

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 202 ( 122 )


and Functioning

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Version: 1.0

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

7.5.3.5

Sections Title: Use

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 203 ( 122 )

and Functioning

Version: 1.0

DIAGNOSTIC PAGE

On this page, all the actuators of the machine are shown.


Should a control on the panel not correspond to its matching movement, move to this page and press
the key of the relative machine section.
The diagnostic page relating to the selected machine section will appear on the screen.
EN

On every diagnostic page all the necessary conditions for the movement to actually be performed are
listed.
When a condition is satisfied, the indicator is green.
In order for an actuator to move, each indicator must be green.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

7.5.3.6

Sections Title: Use

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 204 ( 122 )


and Functioning

ALARM PAGE

This page shows all the alarm messages sent by the machine in chronological order.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Version: 1.0

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

and Functioning

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 205 ( 122 )


Version: 1.0

Alarm page

Button

Description

Button to print the page

Button for resetting the PLC alarms

Button for accessing the alarm log

Button for resetting the Drive alarms

Alarm display area

ACKNOWLEDGING AN ALARM
To reset an alarm condition, proceed as follows:
- Display all the alarm messages, if more than one, in the Alarm page.
- Notify authorised and trained personnel who will see to removing the causes.
- Acknowledge the alarm by pressing the ACK button.
- Return to the desired page.

NOTE
ALARMS ARE 2 DIFFERENT TYPES

By pressing the " ACK" , the alarm is acknowledged . With alarm went out and recognized the
corresponding text disappears.
At this point, the alarm is saved and will be visible in the Alarm History page.

In case of alarm or fault on a drive, you have to understand the cause and then reset using the reset
button dedicated.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 206 ( 122 )


and Functioning

Alarm History page

This page lists all the alarms, both the active ones and those that have been resolved.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Version: 1.0

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

7.5.3.7

Sections Title: Use

and Functioning

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 207 ( 122 )


Version: 1.0

RECIPE PAGE

On this page you can create, store and choose the recipes of the functions for the Winder.

EN

Button/range

Description

Select recipe

New Recipe

Data Saving

Erase Data

Write Data of the Recipe in the PLC

Read Data of the Recipe from PLC

Print saved recipes

Print actual recipe

NEW RECIPE
By means of this push button it is possible to create a new recipe and to input the set-up values of the
machine directly in the page.
La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 208 ( 122 )


and Functioning

Version: 1.0

It is important to save the recipe before leaving the page, in order not to loose the input data.
Save by means of the following push button.
DATA SAVING
By means of this push button is possible to save the current data that are displayed on the operator
panel.
Data are stored in the actual recipe that is loaded in the page, whose name is displayed on the field:
RECIPE NAME (in practice the data of the actual recipe are replaced).
ERASE DATA
By means of this push button is possible to erase the recipe that is currently displayed on the page.
WRITE DATA OF THE RECIPE IN THE PLC
By means of this push button is possible to write the data of the recipe that is currently displayed on
the PLC.
In practice the machine is set to work with the data of the recipe.
READ DATA OF THE RECIPE FROM PLC
By means of this push button is possible to read the data of the recipe that are set in the PLC and to
display the values on the operator panel.
LOAD A SAVED RECIPE
- Choose from list the desired recipe.
- Load datas by means the button "5" and confirm the choice.
DELETE A SAVED RECIPE
- Choose from list the desired recipe.
- Delete by means the button "X" and confirm the choice.
7.5.3.8

MOTOR PAGE

This page shows the current parameters of motors:


- Speed

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

and Functioning

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 209 ( 122 )


Version: 1.0

- Torque
- Temperature

EN

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

7.5.3.9

Sections Title: Use

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 210 ( 122 )


and Functioning

Version: 1.0

RESERVED PAGE

On this page you can change the machine parameters.

NOTE
THIS PAGE IS USED BY A.CELLI NONWOVENS S.P.A. TECHNICIANS DURING START-UP.

ENCODER CALIBRATION

Button

U.M. Description

Setting of encoder on Horizontal carriages

Setting of encoder on SUS

3
4

ms

Setting of air blowers for cross cut


Button for user management

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Button

Sections Title: Use

and Functioning

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 211 ( 122 )


Version: 1.0

U.M. Description

Button to exit the program

CALIBRATION OF LIFTING ARMS ENCODER

NOTE
THIS PAGE IS USED BY SOFTWARE DURING START-UP, TO LOAD THE SET-UP PARAMETERS.

THIS PAGE IS PROTECTED BY PASSWORD.

THE OPERATOR LEVEL IS AUTOMATICALLY RESTORED AFTER 60S AFTER THE INSERTION OF
THE PASSWORD.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42

CHAPTER 7

Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

Pag. 212 ( 122 )


and Functioning

Version: 1.0

At the pressure on the key, the field appears for


entering the password.
Enter it from the keyboard and confirm with OK.
Press the button again to access the page.

7.5.3.10 USER PAGE

Button/range Description
1

Users and password page

Logon

Logout

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

7.6

Sections Title: Use

and Functioning

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 213 ( 122 )


Version: 1.0

WINDING PARAMETERS

The main parameters for the winding of the nonwovens reels are:

(T) Tension
EN
(N) Nip

(C) Torque
A good roll and a perfect finished reel profile can be produced only through the right use of the T.N.T.
variables.
Tension, Nip and Torque are strictly connected in order to get a good reel structure.
Their adjustment and programming cannot be carried out separately, but they have to be carefully
planned and harmonized.
As a general rule, the reel has to be wound tighter at the core and looser at the finish diameter.

7.6.1 TENSION
The tensioning of a material is achieved by having equal and opposite forces pulling on the webs.

7.6.1.1

USEFULNESS OF THE WINDING TENSION

- To produce reels with different densities.


- To ensure a good build-up structure of the reel.
- To spread and slit the web.
- To separate the reels after slitting.
- To guide the web up to the formation of the reel.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 214 ( 122 )


and Functioning

Version: 1.0

TENSION CONTROL IS THE MOST IMPORTANT PARAMETER FOR


NONWOVENS WEBS.
7.6.1.2

PROBLEMS RELATED TO THE WINDING TENSION

- Any uncontrolled tension variation will disturb and influence the characteristics and structure of
the reel.
- The higher the web tension, the tighter the wind and vice versa. I.e. more tension means more
reels density.
- Too low a tension will make the web to flop around and loose traction on reels.
- Too tight a tension will make the web to neck in or break.

7.6.2 NIP
It is the average linear load between the winding roll and the reel in formation, acting along a line
connecting their centres.

7.6.2.1

FEATURES OF THE NIP IN THE WINDING

- Increasing nip force will increase the density of the reel.


- Nip geometry can be different according to the design of the winder.
- Nip influence the characteristics and the structure of the finished reels.
- Nip control is strictly related to Tension and Torque.

WINDERS
- In case of winders, a pneumatic cylinder applies the force that pushes the reel against the
carrying roll.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

and Functioning

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 215 ( 122 )


Version: 1.0

- By changing the cylinder pressure is possible to carry out a NIP control. Using an encoder with
wire, integral with the frame, it is possible to measure the reel diameter.

REWINDER
- It is a pressure control system in the rider roll cylinders and of the chucks, which allows to set
the NIP on the carrying rolls and on the rider roll during the whole rewinding phase. Using a PC
it is possible to set the curves for the desired NIP values.

Ref.

Description

Winding roll

Reel

Carrier drums

Rider roll

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 216 ( 122 )


and Functioning

Version: 1.0

7.6.3 TORQUE
It is the measurement of the action necessary to provoke a rotation which is equal to the force
multiplied by its perpendicular distance between action line of the force and the rotation centre.

7.6.3.1

USEFULNESS OF TORQUE IN THE WINDING

- Torque can increase or decrease the winding tension of the reel, thus influencing the reel
structure and its density.
- Torque is a highly effective tool for the reel structure and can operate on a wider range
compared to Tension or Nip.
- Tension may cause neck in problems whereas Torque does not.
- The higher the winding torque, the higher the reel density.

TORQUE DIFFERENTIAL
THE MOTORIZED ROLLS OF THE REWINDERS CAN BE EQUIPPED WITH
TORQUE CONTROL DIFFERENTIAL.
The concept is to use different torque on the two carrying drums.
Nip force (N) and friction of the web provide the force needed to maintain the rotation of the roll to a
fixed peripheral speed (V).

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

and Functioning

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 217 ( 122 )


Version: 1.0

EN

Slave drum motor with a higher torque produce a force F on the actual layers of the roll. This force
produces a tension (T) on the inner web layer similarly to the use of the winding torque. Please note
that force F produces a torque on the slave carrying drum, not on the reel!
Winding Torque and Motor torque control are two ways to increase the roll density since in both cases
a tension (T) on the reel layers is produced, helping the maintain the tightness of the growing roll.

A coefficient called LSC (load share) is set. It is the torque percentage of the slave motor referred to
the master actual torque.
LSC is in % and just to give a practical example, if LSC=50%, then T1=T2.

7.6.4 WIT (WOUND IN TENSION)


The action outcome of the three TNT variables is the WOUND IN TENSION, that is the tension
effectively applied to the single turns of the wound reel.
The measurement of such a tension cannot be easily calculated; however, the energy spent in
winding the reel can be given indirectly.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 218 ( 122 )


and Functioning

Version: 1.0

An empirical method for measuring this variable is that of the crush test, that is the reel is cut
crossways and the slash resulting from the cut is an index of the tension accumulated by the turns
during the winding.

By applying the formula:

A = Ta / Ci

Ta = Cut opening
Ci = Reel circumference

it is possible to work out the web elongation (A).

7.6.5 DRAW
The definition is:
Sc = (Vs - Vm) / Vm

Sc = Draw
Vs = Slave linear speed
Vm = Master linear speed
La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

and Functioning

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 219 ( 122 )


Version: 1.0

THE DRAW CAN BE EITHER POSITIVE OR NEGATIVE.


For example, on the Rewinder. If we want the reel tension output to be less than that of the parent
reel, it should be set a value Vm on the Rewinder greater than that of the Vs on Unwinder.

7.6.6 LOAD CELLS


The direction of the sensitive part, corresponding to the bisector of the web wrapping angle, depends
on the fact that, this way, the effects of the web friction on the roll, together with the inertia effects, can
be minimized.
In this configuration, the sensitive part is loaded by a part of the roll weight as well, therefore, load cell
with a load range higher than the necessary one should be chosen, to be able to read the web
tension.
Should this roll be motorized, the a.m. configuration is not necessary any longer, because of the
motor compensating the friction and the inertia effects.

- P = Reel weight
- T = Web tension
- R = Resultant of the two forces, detected by the load cell

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 220 ( 122 )


and Functioning

Version: 1.0

R = T * COS + T * SIN + P * COS

7.7

TURNING ON THE MACHINE

NOTE
THE READING OF THIS PARAGRAPH REQUIRES THE READING AND LEARNING AS REPORTED
IN THE PREVIOUS SECTIONS OF THIS CHAPTER.

It is forbidden to start the machine without having understood:

- which operations are prohibited


- residual risks present on the machine
- the position of the safety devices
- the location and meaning of the controls of the machine
- PPE to be used during operations
- steps to be taken in case of emergency
- which operators are allowed to work on the machine and their job
BEFORE EVERY START-UP OF THE MACHINE THE OPERATOR MUST ENSURE THAT ALL
SAFETY DEVICES ON THE MACHINE ARE PROPERLY INSTALLED AND IN GOOD CONDITION.

In particular, he must perform the following checks:

- All external protection must be present and properly installed according to the design of reference
- All emergency stop buttons must be in good condition and easily accessible
- The DIP switches in the moveable protections must be installed and functioning properly
- The safety guards must all be installed.
If even one of the controls previously shown fails, the machine can not be used and the operator must
immediately notify the safety manager.
Only after restoring the original conditions of security, it will be possible to proceed with starting the
machine.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42

CHAPTER 7

Machine: Unwinders and Winder


Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

Pag. 221 ( 122 )

and Functioning

Version: 1.0

EN

Emergency push button

Sensors

7.7.1 ELECTRIC SYSTEM START-UP


The electrical plant installed to serve the machine has been designed in keeping with the safety
criteria provided for by rule EN 60204-1. The electrical diagram is enclosed to the present instruction
manual.

The interventions on the electrical plant must be carried out exclusively by specially trained personnel.

After having installed the equipment and prior to the first-start up of the plant, it is necessary to carry
out the following tests and checks:

a) verify that the electrical equipment conforms to the technical documentation;


b) in the event of an automatic interruption to protect against indirect contact, the requirements for the
protection must be verified by carrying out the automatic interruption;
c) insulation resistance test;
d) tension tests;
e) protection against residual tension;
f) tests to verify correct functioning.

When such tests are carried out, we recommend they follow the sequence shown above.

For the tests in compliance with b) and c) we recommend using measurement equipment conforming
to the EN 61557 series.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 222 ( 122 )


and Functioning

Version: 1.0

In the event of a negative outcome of the test it is necessary to proceed to repair the malfunction and
carry out the test again.

CAUTION
ONLY AT THE END OF SAID TESTS, PROCEED TO START-UP THE MACHINE.

7.7.2 STARTING THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM


When starting the motor-driven pump units, take the following precautions. These are essential in
order to immediately ensure the necessary lubrication of the internal parts.
FILLING
- Make sure that any valves or gates on the intake and delivery side are open.
- Make sure that the pump is free to be turned manually, without encountering excessive
resistance, and that the rotation direction of the motor coincides with that of the pump.
- Fill the pump body with the fluid used in the circuit through the drainage hole or, if this is not
possible, through the delivery conduit.
- Vent the maximum pressure valve located on the delivery conduit. The pumps must normally be
started in a vacuum. In any case, contact the manufacturer to see if different instructions are
given.
- Start the electric jog motor to assist the engaging of the pump, indicated by a pressure gauge
that should be present in delivery and by the change in the noise of the pump, which becomes
quieter when engaged.

NOTE
IF POSSIBLE, IT IS A GOOD RULE TO HAVE THE PUMP RUN FOR A CERTAIN PERIOD OF TIME
AT REDUCED SPEED, TO BREAK IN THE SYSTEM.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

and Functioning

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 223 ( 122 )


Version: 1.0

PURGED
- While filling the system, air must be purged, as pressure from air may cause functioning
problems and speed up wear.
- To simplify this operation, special air release valves may be placed on the pump delivery, or
special rapid-lock valves can be placed on stations and special panels.
- Loosening the fittings on the topside of the system may eliminate the air closed within the
pipelines and inserting purge taps; for the cylinders, use the breather screws provided.
- Air release is indicated by the appearance of foam: when a continuous, clear flow comes from
the fitting or breather, the air has been eliminated.
- Once the system has been filled and the air released, check the oil level in the tank and top it up
if necessary, then put the system gradually under pressure. Set and fine-tune the adjustment
valves.

NOTE
THIS STEP MUST BE PERFORMED AT FULL RUNNING TEMPERATURE.

INSPECTION
- The system may now be inspected.
- Make sure that no foam forms in the tank, as this would indicate air infiltration in the pump
intake (as long as the return pipe to the tank remains immersed in oil, as indicated above).
- When particularly viscous oils are used and the environmental temperature is very low,
functioning problems and loud pump noise during start-up could arise. In this case, the oil
should be preheated before start-up (for example, using a heating element) or the pump speed
reduced. In small systems, you can also heat the oil by having the pump run for a certain time in
short circuit under average pressure before running the system.
- After a few hours of operation, clean the filters, check once again the oil level in the tank and
check carefully all fitting seals.

7.7.3 RUN MODES


- automatic mode

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 224 ( 122 )


and Functioning

Version: 1.0

- manual mode
The machine has been designed and built to function both in the automatic and manual mode.
During the threading operation of the product and the first start-up, the machine has been designed
foreseeing the active intervention of the operator involved in the manual operations.
The manual mode is to set the right sequence of operations using commands from the operator
panel of the machine, and it is the basis of the operational sequences, especially at the beginning of
the work.
The automatic mode, optimized during start-up of Machine, facilitates operational sequences and
increases the security conditions in which the operators work. During the automatic cycle, the
operator performs a limited activity, he must check that the sequences are conducted on a regular
basis and if necessary he gives the necessary consent through the controls, located on the various
push buttons around the machine.
Yet, also during these operative automatic stages, without the active intervention of an operator, it is
extremely important not to leave the machine unguarded.
Only a continuous and effective monitoring of all the machine functioning conditions (both drive and
control) can ensure that this remains in the expected safety conditions.

7.7.4 START OF THE MACHINE

DANGER
BEFORE TURNING THE MAIN SWITCH TO "ON" OR "1" CHECK THAT THERE
ARE NO ONGOING MAINTENANCES, THAT THE MACHINE IS CLEAR OF ANY
OBJECTS AND THAT ACCESSES TO SECURITY DEVICES ARE FREE.

THE HANDLING PHASES OF THE MATERIAL TO BE MACHINED MUST BE


PERFORMED BY QUALIFIED PERSONNEL IN THE CONDUCT OF CRANES
AND FORKLIFTS.

PLAN AND ORGANIZE THE SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS BEFORE STARTING


THE LIFTING OPERATIONS.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 225 ( 122 )

and Functioning

Version: 1.0

FOR HANDLING THE MASTER ROLLS AND WINDING SHAFTS USE EC


COMPLIANT TOOLS (SLINGS, CRANES, FORKLIFT).

FOR HANDLING THE MASTER ROLLS AND WINDING SHAFTS USE SUITABLE
TOOLS (SLINGS, CRANES, FORKLIFT) REGULARLY MAINTENED AND
SERVICED.

THE LIFTING EQUIPMENTS FOR THE MASTER ROLLS OR FOR THE WINDING
SHAFTS MUST HAVE A CAPACITY GREATER THAN THE WEIGHT OF THE
LOAD.

The machine is fixed and connected to the power supplies.


- The operator must make sure that nothing and nobody is standing in the machine area and then
the Machine power supply interfaces can be activated by push button located on the
Electrical Cabinet.
The operator can transfer many of the working instructions to the machine both in manual and in
automatic mode.
When in manual mode, the correct sequence of operations can be set using the controls on the
machine panel. The manual mode represents the foundation of the working sequences, particularly
when the machine starts working for the first time
The automatic mode, which is optimised during the start up of the machine, makes the operating
sequences easier, increasing as well the safety of the working conditions.

CAUTION
NO ADMITTANCE INSIDE THE MACHINE AREA, WHEN IT WORKS.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

7.7.4.1

Sections Title: Use

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 226 ( 122 )


and Functioning

NO-STOP UNWINDER START-UP

Revolver Unwinder has 2 stations:

1-Station for loading and unloading of Master Rolls.


2-station of unwinding.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Version: 1.0

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 227 ( 122 )

and Functioning

Version: 1.0

Working position

- The Operator turns on the electrical cabinet, open the air supply valve then press the "RESET
EMERGENCY."
- The following conditions must be present :
- The warning lamp is efficient (Test lamp).
- Machine control mode: MANUAL.
- The Operator, with a suitable lifting device, loads one Master Roll on the shuttle.
- The Operator follows the below steps.
- Move the shuttle, bringing the Master Roll in front of the lifting platform.
- Move the Master Roll on the platform towards the chucks.
- Lift the lifting platform, aligning the shaft to the chucks.
- Close the chuck on Operator side and then on Transmission side
- Lower the lifting platform.
- When the Master Roll is clamped between the chucks and the platform is lowered, the Operator
can rotate the revolver bringing the Master Roll in the unwinding position.

NOTE
NOW THE MACHINE IS READY FOR THE THREADING OF THE PRODUCT ALONG THE
UNWINDING PATH, UNTIL IT REACHES THE NEXT MACHINE.

- To perform the operation of threading, use the JOG command placed on control pulpit, so as to
rotate the Master Roll by steps.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 228 ( 122 )


and Functioning

Version: 1.0

Web thread up

NOTE
THE OPERATION OF THREADING SHOULD BE DONE ONLY WHEN YOU LOAD THE FIRST
MASTER ROLL ON THE UNWINDER; WHEN HE LOADS THE MASTER ROLLS LATER, THE
OPERATOR MUST PREPARE THEM TO PERFORM THE AUTOMATIC DOFFING CYCLE.

The operations so far described refer to the use of the machine during the first running cycle (for
instance, during the line starting phase).

PREARRANGEMENT OF THE MASTER ROLL FOR THE AUTOMATIC CHANGE


In order to perform the automatic doffing cycle must be fulfilled certain conditions.
The full list can be checked in the dedicated diagnostic page.
Green: the condition is satisfied.
Red: the condition is not satisfied.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

and Functioning

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 229 ( 122 )


Version: 1.0

EN

Conditions for automatic cycle

During normal operation of the machine, when the Master Roll being unwound has reached the
minimum diameter, the Unwinder automatically perform the bonding of the sheet of the new Master
Roll with the one of the Master Roll being unwound and subsequently cutting.

To perform these automatic operations, however, is necessary to prearrange the Master Rolls that are
loaded on the Unwinder, cutting the tail in a particular way and applying the double-sided tape.

Master roll prearrangement

In addition to the cut edge of the sheet and apply the double-sided tape, the Operator must also take
care to stop the tail with small pieces of tape, very weak. The pieces of tape will prevent the tail to
"flutter" during rotation of the revolver, but will also have to come off or break during the bonding of
the sheet in the doffing process.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 230 ( 122 )


and Functioning

Version: 1.0

At the end of the doffing, the Operator will have to download the finished Master Roll, which is located
on the loading station.
To do this he will need to lift up the lifting platform, then open the chucks and lower down the platform.

The Operator then removes the Master Roll from the lifting platform using a suitable lifting device.

NOTE
TO DO THIS YOU WILL NEED TO RAISE THE LIFTING PLATFORM SUPPORT UNTIL THE COIL,
THEN OPEN THE TAILSTOCK AND BRING DOWN THE PLATFORM.

7.7.4.2

WINDER START-UP

The operator shall draw winding shaft, preparing it for the threading and the charge in the storage.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

and Functioning

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 231 ( 122 )


Version: 1.0

NOTE
To simplify the initial threading of the machine it is recommended the use of double-sided tape, to be
applied on the winding shaft.
EN

- The operator turns on the control panel, open the air supply valve then press the "RESET
EMERGENCY.
- Move pressing arms to "EJECT" position.
- Lower the loader arms (primary forks) and place the winding shaft on the slides against
the main drum.
- Move pressing arms in position "PRESS" against the main drum and returns the loader
arms in a high position.
- Start the procedure of introduction of the product.
- The operator starts the whole production line at the desired threading speed (10 m/min), and
selects the speed control mode DRAW.
WEB THREAD UP
- When the product is in proximity of the Winder, passes it over the first guide roller, around the
cutting roller, in contact with the spreader roller, and then between the drive roller and the
winding shaft.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 232 ( 122 )


and Functioning

Version: 1.0

Windy 666

Windy Custom 662

- There are air blowers, operated by the button located on the back of the Winder, which serve to
facilitate this operation. Starts the threading blowers and keep them active until the product
reaches the Main drum, by turning off the blow, the sheet passes between the shaft and the
Main drum.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 233 ( 122 )

and Functioning

Version: 1.0

- Sets the length of product he wants to wand on the shaft and all the other parameters for the
optimization of the functions of the machine.
- Reset the counter.
- The Operator loads the shafts, together with the cores, on the storage.
- Now the machine is running: if necessary, the Operator can adjusts the pressure of the arms
and the product tension, so as to obtain the reel of the desired quality.
- At the end of the web threading cycle the operator will move the loader arms, which had
remained in the low position, to the up position.

NOTE
ANY SLACK OF THE PRODUCT, WHICH COULD HAVE BEEN FORMED BETWEEN THE WINDER
AND THE LINE, CAN BE RECOVERED BY THE OPERATOR BY USING THE COMMAND SLACK.

The operations so far described refer to the use of the machine during the first running cycle (for
instance, during the line starting phase).
Now the Winder is ready to start the production.
- Choose the desired working mode: AUTOMATIC, SEMI-AUTOMATIC, "MANUAL".
- The machine is now winding up: if needed, regulate the winding arms pressure so that the
product is without wrinkles.
- When the reel reaches the planned length, a siren warns the Operator to get ready to start the
reel doffing operations.

7.8

LOADING MATERIAL TO PROCESS

DANGER
FOLLOW THE PROCEDURES DURING THE START-UP "START OF THE
MACHINE A PAG. 220".

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

7.9

Sections Title: Use

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 234 ( 122 )


and Functioning

Version: 1.0

STARTING THE WORKING CYCLE

NOTE
DURING OPERATION, THE OPERATOR MUST CHECK THAT THE MACHINE OPERATES ON A
REGULAR BASIS, IN THE EVENT OF A FAULT IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE SERVICE.

7.9.1 AUTOMATIC CYCLE


From the Commands page, activate the "AUTO" mode.
On reaching the end of the Master Roll the siren sounds and if all conditions are met, the automatic
doffing cycle starts.
The steps that the Machine performs during the doffing cycle are described in the section "Automatic
sequences a pag. 236".
From the Commands page, activate the "AUTO" mode.
On reaching the meter set the siren sounds and if all conditions are met, the automatic doffing cycle
starts.
The steps that the Machine performs during the cycle are described in the section "Automatic
sequences of Winder a pag. 236".

CAUTION
THE OPERATOR MUST OVERSEE ALL OPERATIONS OF THE MACHINE, EVEN
THOSE TO RUN AUTOMATICALLY.

THE AUTOMATIC DOFFING CYCLE CAN BE COMPLETED IN TWO WAYS :

1) IF IN THE SHAFT WAREHOUSE, THERE IS AT LEAST ONE SHAFT, THE


LOADER WILL AUTOMATICALLY GO TO THE UPPER POSITION WHEN THE
WINDING SHAFT WILL NOT INTERFERE MORE WITH HIS MOVEMENT.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

and Functioning

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 235 ( 122 )


Version: 1.0

2) IF THE SHAFT WAREHOUSE IS EMPTY, THE LOADING ARMS REMAIN IN


THE DOWN POSITION. THE OPERATOR WILL MANUALLY RAISE THEM,
AFTER PLACING AT LEAST ONE SHAFT IN THE WAREHOUSE.

7.9.2 SEMI-AUTOMATIC CYCLE


EN
From the Commands page, activate the "SEMI-AUTO" mode.
The semi-automatic cycle always requires Operator intervention to perform the doffing cycle, which
takes place as in the automatic mode, differing only in this:
- The operator, if the conditions are fulfilled, can start the doffing cycle at any time, in example
without waiting for the achievement of set meters.
The steps that the Machine performs during the doffing cycle are described in the section "Automatic
sequences a pag. 236".
From the Commands page, activate the "SEMI-AUTO" mode.
The semi-automatic cycle always requires Operator intervention to perform the doffing cycle, which
takes place as in the automatic mode, differing only in this:
- The operator, if the conditions are fulfilled, can start the doffing cycle at any time, in example
without waiting for the achievement of set meters.
The steps that the Machine performs during the cycle are described in the section "Automatic
sequences of Winder a pag. 236".

7.9.3 MANUAL CYCLE


From the Commands page, activate the "MANUAL" mode.
When "MANUAL" mode is active, the Operator has to use the controls on the panel to run the
machine for the correct sequence of movements in order to run the doffing cycle.
The steps that the Machine performs during the doffing cycle are described in the section "Automatic
sequences a pag. 236".
From the Commands page, activate the "MANUAL" mode.
When "MANUAL" mode is active, the Operator has to use the controls on the panel to run the
machine for the correct sequence of movements in order to run the doffing cycle.
The steps that the Machine performs during the cycle are described in the section "Automatic
sequences of Winder a pag. 236".
La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42

CHAPTER 7

Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

Pag. 236 ( 122 )


and Functioning

Version: 1.0

7.9.4 AUTOMATIC SEQUENCES


7.9.4.1

NO-STOP UNWINDER - AUTOMATIC SEQUENCES

The conditions to enable the reel automatic doffing cycle are shown in the diagnostic pages.
- The winding arms are not in ejecting position.
- Supports are closed.
- The cutting group is in low position.
- The cutting group motor overload relay is not tripped.
- The primary forks motor overload relay is not tripped.
- The primary forks are in high position.
- The reel parking is free.
- Drives are Ok.
- The air pressure is OK.
- The emergency is reset.
START CYCLE

Command

Effect

Start rotation of new reel


Start rotation of press roll
Start rotation of revolver
Reel at correct speed
-->

Press roll at correct speed


Revolver in position for raising of cut group

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42

CHAPTER 7

Machine: Unwinders and Winder


Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

Pag. 237 ( 122 )

and Functioning

Command

Version: 1.0

Effect

Raising of the cutting group


-->

Cutting group high

-->

Revolver in splicing position

Revolver rotation

Raising of the press roll

EN
-->

Press roll in high position

-->

Cutting blade forward

Cut

Wound of the tail


Cutting blade backwards
Descent of press roll
Timer of rewind
-->

Blade at rest
Press roll lower

Descent of the cutting group.


Stop of press roll
-->

Cutting group high.


Press roll stopped

Revolver rotation
-->

Revolver in unwind position

END CYCLE

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

7.9.4.2

Sections Title: Use

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 238 ( 122 )


and Functioning

Version: 1.0

AUTOMATIC SEQUENCES OF WINDER

Sequences

CAUTION
IF YOU NEED TO STOP THE AUTOMATIC DOFFING CYCLE, SWITCH TO
MANUAL MODE (SWITCH ON THE CONTROL PANEL). THEN, MANUALLY
COMPLETE THE STEPS FOR THE DOFFING CYCLE.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

and Functioning

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 239 ( 122 )


Version: 1.0

7.10 STOP
7.10.1 NORMAL STOP
It is possible to stop the Machine in normal stop or fast stop:
- STOP (normal stop): this button operates on the motors controlled by the drives and stops them
slowly in the normal set time.
- FAST STOP: this button operates on the motors controlled by the drives and stops them quickly
in the set time.

7.10.2 EMERGENCY STOP

NOTE
DO NOT USE IMPROPERLY (AS A NORMAL STOP OR FAST STOP)

This button operates on the motors controlled by the drives and stops them slowly in the normal set
time.
The machine has been designed so as to have a double level of movement blocking :
- At software level, all actuators (pneumatic and hydraulic) and all auxiliary electrical circuits are
blocked so that the machine is disconnected.
- At hardware level, the supply for the PLC output cards that operate on the actuators and for the
solenoid valves that manage dangerous parts, is switched off.
The drives, the PLC, the output cards referring to signalling and alarms as well as the input cards are,
on the contrary, not switched off.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 240 ( 122 )


and Functioning

Version: 1.0

7.10.3 RELEASE AND RESTORING AFTER THE EMERGENCY.


After pressing the emergency button to restore the proper functioning of the machine do the following
:
- Remove the cause of the shutdown or malfunction.
- Turn and pull the emergency stop button.
- Press the Alarm Reset button.
- The machine is ready waiting for commands.

7.11 CHANGE OF SIZE


7.11.1.1 MANUAL MODE
Whenever it is necessary to change the width size of the Master Roll, follow the steps below.

Setting system

The movement of each chuck is performed by acting on the wheel (1), while the position is indicated
on the ruler (2).

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Use

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 241 ( 122 )

and Functioning

Version: 1.0

7.12 DIAGNOSTICS AND ALARMS

DANGER
DANGER UNEXPECTED START.
EN

The operator to run the machine can only execute the reset command from the operator panel to
restart the machine.
IT MUST NOT ENTER IN THE WORKING AREA OF THE MACHINE TO
ELIMINATE FAILURES OR MALFUNCTIONS. CALL THE MECHANICAL AND
ELECTRICAL MAINTENANCE TECHNICIANS.

NO MAINTENANCE INTERVENTION OR ADJUSTMENT HAS TO BE


UNDERTAKEN ON ANY PART OF THE MACHINE WITHOUT FIRST
DISCONNECTING AND LOCKING THE MACHINE - POWER SUPPLY
INTERFACE (SEE "PROCEDURE FOR LOCKOUT AND TAGOUT A PAG. 249").

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 7

Pag. 242 ( 122 )

Sections Title: Use

and Functioning

This page intentionally left blank

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Version: 1.0

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Maintenance

CHAPTER 8

Pag. 243 ( 58 )
Version: 1.0

EN

CHAPTER 8.

MAINTENANCE

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 8

Pag. 244 ( 58 )

Sections Title: Maintenance

This page intentionally left blank.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Version: 1.0

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

8.1

Sections Title: Maintenance

CHAPTER 8

Pag. 245 ( 58 )
Version: 1.0

SAFETY WARNINGS

NOTE
READING THIS CHAPTER ASSUMES, FOR THE PURPOSES OF A SAFE USE OF THE MACHINE,
THE KNOWLEDGE OF WHAT IS CONTAINED IN CHAPTER "GENERAL SAFETY WARNINGS A
PAG. 101".

DANGER
It is forbidden to work on the machine with procedures, or operators or operators
with only qualifications other than those specified in this manual. Access to the
machine and the surrounding areas is allowed only to authorized and qualified
personnel who are fully aware of all the safety measures and techniques of the
machine.

THE MAINTENANCE OPERATIONS MUST BE PERFORMED BY AN EXPERT OR


INFORMED OPERATOR, AUTHORIZED BY THE CUSTOMER.

It is forbidden to carry out the maintenance, cleaning, repair, inspection or


adjustment with the machine switched on or otherwise without first disconnected
and locked the machine. See " Procedure for Lockout and Tagout a pag. 249 ".

NO MAINTENANCE INTERVENTION OR ADJUSTMENT HAS TO BE


UNDERTAKEN ON ANY PART OF THE MACHINE WITHOUT FIRST
DISCONNECTING AND LOCKING THE MACHINE - POWER SUPPLY
INTERFACE (SEE "PROCEDURE FOR LOCKOUT AND TAGOUT A PAG. 249").

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 8

Pag. 246 ( 58 )

Sections Title: Maintenance

Version: 1.0

OPERATORS ASSIGNED TO MAINTENANCE FIRST OF ALL MUST LOCK THE


ELECTRICAL, PNEUMATIC AND HYDRAULIC SUPPLY OF THE MACHINE.
FURTHERMORE, THOSE SAFETY GATES, WHICH HAVE TO REMAIN OPEN
FOR MAINTENANCE REASONS, MUST BE LOCKED OPEN IN ORDER TO
PREVENT THEIR ACCIDENTAL CLOSURE.

BEFORE STARTING ANY MAINTENANCE OPERATIONS, THE MAINTENANCE


PERSONNEL MUST MAKE SURE THAT NOBODY IS INSIDE THE MACHINE
AND, IF NECESSARY, TAKE MEASURES SO AS TO AVOID THEIR ACCESS.

ALLOW ANY HOT PARTS TO COOL BEFORE PERFORMING MAINTENANCE


OPERATIONS ON THE MACHINE.

DANGER - ELECTRICAL
TO PERFORM ELECTRICAL OPERATIONS, IT IS RECOMMENDED TO AVAIL
OF A TRAINED AND SKILLED OPERATOR, OR SOMEONE TRAINED AND
INSTRUCTED BY THE SKILLED OPERATOR :

OR

THE ELECTRICAL TECHNICIANS SHOULD HAVE THE ELECTRICAL


REQUIREMENTS OF THE LAW IN FORCE IN THE COUNTRY OF
INSTALLATION OF THE MACHINE AND MUST HAVE READ THE WIRING
DIAGRAM AND THIS HANDBOOK.

MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENT OPERATIONS WITH THE ELECTRICAL


PANEL OPEN ARE ALLOWED ONLY TO QUALIFIED ELECTRICAL
PERSONNEL, AFTER IDENTIFYING WITH CERTAINTY THE PARTS UNDER
VOLTAGE.
La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 8

Pag. 247 ( 58 )

Sections Title: Maintenance

Version: 1.0

DANGER OF ELECTRIC SHOCK. EVEN WITH THE MAIN SWITCH TO "0"


THERE ARE STILL AREAS OF DANGER INSIDE ELECTRICAL PANEL. PAY
ATTENTION TO THE INPUT/OUTPUT TERMINALS THAT CONNECT THE
MACHINE TO THE UTILITIES AND THE INPUT TERMINALS OF CONTACTORS
AND FUSES.
EN
IF THE TYPE OF MAINTENANCE OR ADJUSTMENT DOES NOT ALLOW TO
DISCONNECT THE POWER SUPPLY IT IS RECOMMENDED TO IDENTIFY WITH
CERTAINTY THE ACTIVE PARTS OF THE MAINTENANCE AND ALL THE
POINTS OF POSSIBLE POWER SUPPLY.

REALIZE THE CONDITION OF DOUBLE INSOLATING PROTECTION AGAINST


LIVE PARTS ON WHICH OPERATING.

KEEP STRICTLY THE DISTANCE OF 15 CM BETWEEN THE LIVE PARTS OF


THE INTERVENTION AREA AND PARTS OF THE BODY NOT COVERED BY
INSULATION.

WARNING
THE MAINTENANCE INTERVENTION MUST BE REPORTED AND AUTHORIZED
BY SAFETY PERSONNEL. DURING THE MAINTENANCE OPERATIONS IT IS
NECESSARY TO INDICATE THROUGH THE RELATED SIGN THAT THE
MACHINE MUST NOT BE STARTED, THAT MANOEUVRES MUST NOT BE
CARRIED OUT AND THAT IT IS UNDERGOING MAINTENANCE.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Maintenance

CHAPTER 8

Pag. 248 ( 58 )
Version: 1.0

AVOID CARRYING OUT EMERGENCY OR TEMPORARY REPAIRS.

SUFFICIENT LIGHT MUST BE PROVIDED FOR SAFE OPERATIONS ON THE


MACHINE.

ALLOW FREE FROM OBJECTS (BOXES, TOOLS, CABLES) THE ACCESS WAY
TO THE CONTROL PANELS AND IN PARTICULAR TO EMERGENCY BUTTONS
TO DISCONNECT PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL AND PNEUMATIC SYSTEMS.
THE OPERATORS MUST HAVE AN EASY ACCESS TO ALL THE SAFETY
DEVICES ON THE MACHINE FROM ANYWHERE THEY COMES FROM.

TO ACCESS THE TOP OF THE MACHINE IT IS ABSOLUTELY FORBIDDEN TO


CLIMB ON IT OR USE IMPROPER MEANS; THEREFORE USE A LADDER,
WHOSE CHARACTERISTICS COMPLY WITH THE STANDARDS IN FORCE IN
THE COUNTRY WHERE THE MACHINE IS INSTALLED..

CAUTION
BEFORE RESTARTING THE MACHINE REMOVE THE WORN COMPONENTS,
PACKING MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT USED IN THE WORK AREA.

THE FREQUENCY OF MAINTENANCE OPERATIONS IS DETERMINED BY THE


OPERATING TIME, BUT MUST NEVER EXCEED THE MAXIMUM TIME
SCHEDULED IN THE MAINTENANCE TABLES.

WITH THE PASSING OF TIME IT IS NECESSARY TO INCREASE THE


FREQUENCY OF PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE OPERATIONS.

USE ONLY ORIGINAL SPARE PARTS.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 8

Pag. 249 ( 58 )

Sections Title: Maintenance

Version: 1.0

IN CASE OF WEAR OR BREAKAGE OF A COMPONENT IMMEDIATELY


CONTACT THE CUSTOMER SERVICE TO ORDER THE SPARE PART.

SHOULD THESE REPLACEMENTS CREATE ANY PROBLEMS OR BE MORE


FREQUENT THAN EXPECTED, NOTIFY IMMEDIATELY A.CELLI NONWOVENS
S.P.A. CUSTOMER CARE .

Obligation to protect hands with gloves.

Obligation to wear a suit to protect the body.

Obligation to wear a safety helmet.

Obligation to wear safety shoes.

8.2

PROCEDURE FOR LOCKOUT AND TAGOUT

NOTE
THE PROCEDURE MUST BE PERFORMED BY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL MAINTENANCE
TECHNICIAN, EACH ON HIS ENERGY SOURCE FIELD.

IT IS NECESSARY TO SIGNAL THAT THE MACHINE IS UNDER MAINTENANCE.

MARK OUT THE MAINTENANCE AREA AND SIGNAL THE INTERVENTION WITH A SPECIAL SIGN
ON THE CONTROL PANEL IN A CLEARLY VISIBLE WAY.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42

CHAPTER 8

Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Pag. 250 ( 58 )

Sections Title: Maintenance

Version: 1.0

INDICATE THE ABSOLUTE PROHIBITION TO RESTORE THE POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE AND TO
PERFORM ANY OTHER OPERATION.

The isolation procedure must be performed before any repair and / or maintenance on the machine, in
any case before dismantling any part thereof, and whenever it is explicitly required by the procedures.
This procedure involves locking, with a padlock, the operating handles of switches and valves in the
safe position to prevent unexpected start up or release of stored energy that may cause injuries.

Safety message on electrical

Example of locking off the main

Example of locking off and tagging

equipment

pneumatic valve

an electrical switch

- Prepare and announce the shutdown.


- Turn off the machine and all equipments.
- Isolate the energy sources.
- Apply Lockout and Tagout devices.
- Release all residual energy.
- Verify isolation.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Maintenance

CHAPTER 8

Pag. 251 ( 58 )
Version: 1.0

8.2.1 TAG, LOCK, CLEAR AND TRY PROCEDURE


The aim is to establish a standard procedure ensuring that any equipment or process shut down or
de-energized for maintenance, cleaning, repairs and/or inspection are properly tagged, locked,
cleared, and tried prior to performing any of these tasks.
EN

8.2.1.1

GUIDELINES

Each individual on the work site is personally responsible for following the Tag-Lock-Clear-Try
procedure.
Locks are intended for individual protection.
Each individual is responsible for making sure that an effective lockout has been carried out prior to
performing work on a piece of equipment or part of a process that has been shut down so as to avoid
sudden and unexpected start-ups.
Tag, Lock, Clear, and Try is a sequential process.
It is the responsibility of each individual to verify that all four steps have been properly completed
before performing any tasks.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

8.2.1.2

Sections Title: Maintenance

CHAPTER 8

Pag. 252 ( 58 )
Version: 1.0

ACCOUNTABILITY

Tagging and Locking of equipment is a relatively straightforward procedure. However, it does involve
each individual being responsible for installing a tag and a lock on each isolation point prior to
beginning work.
In order to safely handle these issues it is very important to use the concept of accountability.
This concept applies to those authorized to operate the equipment as well as to those responsible for
identifying the necessary lockout points.
The following is a general list of managers:
- The manufacturing organizations in charge of production equipment
- The maintenance organizations responsible for shop equipment
- The electrical groups responsible for the power distribution equipment.
If it is unclear who is the person responsible, the decision shall be reached by communication with the
manager responsible for the physical location of the equipment or process and the area safety office
having responsibility for the location.
8.2.1.3

TAGGING

The production and the area manager is responsible for applying "Danger - Do Not Operate" tags to
equipment or processes being shut down or de-energized for cleaning, repairing, inspection, or
maintenance before any of these tasks (cleaning, repairing,) are performed. Tags certify that the
equipment or process has been made safe and is ready for locks to be applied.
TAG APPLICATION
The manager area is responsible for:
- Operating (close, open, vent, etc.) all valves, switches, and controls according to area
procedures;
- Identifying each lockout point with a "Danger-Do-Not-Operate" tag.
Tagging should be performed in the presence of the person who will perform the work or the lead
person of the group who will perform the work. This step will ensure that all lockout points, tagged by
the owner area, will be properly locked by the person(s) performing the work.
Tags must clearly contain the following printed information:
- purpose of the tags
- name of person applying tags
La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Maintenance

CHAPTER 8

Pag. 253 ( 58 )
Version: 1.0

- date tags are applied

EN

Exemple of Tag

8.2.1.4

LOCKING

The padlock inside the padlock cabinets are the only recognized safety locks on this plant, and shall
not be used for any other purpose.
- Each lock is to be clearly identified with the owner's name.
- When in use, the key to the lock must be kept with the owner's person.
- Only one key will be issued to an individual for assigned locks. Any other duplicate key will be
destroyed. If the issued key is lost, the locks will be cut and destroyed and a new set of locks
issued.
The area owner who issued the locks is also responsible for the destruction of spare keys.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Maintenance

CHAPTER 8

Pag. 254 ( 58 )
Version: 1.0

INDIVIDUAL LOCK OUT


Every time work is performed or personnel enter the equipment their personal lock must be placed on
each lockout point so that the potential hazard has been identified on the equipment in question.

NOTE
NO LOCKS ARE TO BE PLACED ON ANY LOCKOUT POINT UNLESS THE OWNER OF THE
EQUIPMENT HAS PLACED A DANGER - DO NOT OPERATE TAG.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 8

Pag. 255 ( 58 )

Sections Title: Maintenance

Version: 1.0

EN

CLEARING
Once locks have been placed on equipment, the area around the equipment must be cleared before
performing the "Try" step of "Tag, Lock, Clear, and Try" procedure.
To properly clear an area or piece of equipment, all personnel, equipment, tools, or other items that
could interfere with equipment, if start-up occurred, must be removed from operating path.
Guards should be in place or the affected area must be barricaded and all start-up precautions,
according to area procedures, must be taken before performing this operation.
8.2.1.5

TRY

Once equipment has been properly tagged, locked, and cleared, a positive try must be performed to
verify that the equipment is in a safe state prior to beginning work.
Any operation that is performed to satisfy this "Try" step must be preceded by "Tag, Lock and Clear".
The "Try" step shall also include verification that the lock is indeed locked, and that the device on
which the lock is applied cannot be operated.
- After completing tag, lock, and clear steps, a positive action must be taken to verify that the
equipment has been properly locked per area procedures.
- When performing work on equipment that has a start push-button that will positively act to
restart the equipment, it is considered safe to work if the equipment does not start.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Maintenance

CHAPTER 8

Pag. 256 ( 58 )
Version: 1.0

- Whenever a start button is used to try electrically driven equipment, the stop button must be
pushed following the try step. This is necessary to prevent unexpected start-up during the
unlocking of energized circuits.
- When performing work on equipment that utilizes "Try" lights to indicate that the circuit is
energized, it is considered safe to work if the light was observed to be "On" prior to deenergizing and locking the circuit and the light remains "Off".

WARNING
AFTER IT IS POSSIBLE PROCEED WITH MAINTENANCE, CLEANING, REPAIRS
OR INSPECTION.

STORED ENERGY
Stored energy can take on many forms and can be present when you least expect it..
Springs are the most common type of equipment associated with stored energy; some other
examples are:
- pipeline movement after breakage due to it being under tension
- equipment that can be affected by gravity
- lifting devices
All equipment should be reviewed for potential stored energy sources. Where possible, the source of
the stored energy should be removed.
Should this be not feasible, appropriate measures shall be taken to assure that the source of the
stored energy is controlled (e.g. blocking, chucks, other types of physical restraints) so that the
equipment is in a "safe state".
HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS
For the maintenance of hydraulic components (valves, actuators, pipes, hydraulic units,) the
following procedures must be complied with:
- Verify that nobody is inside the maintenance areas and that the safety fences are activated.
- Place the moving parts of the machine in their neutral position and then turn off the electrical,
hydraulic and pneumatic supply.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Maintenance

CHAPTER 8

Pag. 257 ( 58 )
Version: 1.0

- Apply the lockout-tagout procedures on:


- Main power supply on the electrical cabinet;
- Three ways valve on the hydraulic unit.
- Remove any remaining pressure in the hydraulic pipes by pressing the two buttons of the
hydraulic valves using a screw-driver, as shown in the drawing below:
EN

Only when the above mentioned operations have been thoroughly carried out, it is possible to
proceed with the safe dismantling of the hydraulic components.
PNEUMATIC PARTS
For the maintenance of the pneumatic components (valves, actuators, pipes, manifolds,) the
following procedures must be complied with:
- Verify that nobody is inside the maintenance areas and that the safety fences are activated.
- Place the moving parts of the machine in their neutral position and then turn off the electrical,
hydraulic and pneumatic supply.
- Apply the lockout-tagout procedures on:
- Main power supply on the electrical cabinet;
- Main pneumatic valve.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 8

Pag. 258 ( 58 )

Sections Title: Maintenance

Version: 1.0

- Remove any remaining pressure in the actuators by pressing the buttons of the pneumatic
valves using a screw-driver, as shown in the drawing below.
Only when the above mentioned operations have been thoroughly carried out, is it possible to
proceed with safe dismantling of the pneumatic components.

8.3

ORDINARY AND PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

8.3.1 PERIODICAL CHECKING


The two main causes of the most common machine failures are :
- The machine is not properly maintained.
- High turnover of operators leads to maintenance neglect.

NOTE
READ THE PARAGRAPH "SAFETY WARNINGS A PAG. 245" IN THIS CHAPTER. USE THE
PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT INDICATED.

A PROPER MAINTENANCE PROGRAM WILL NOT ELIMINATE ALL PROBLEMS BUT WILL
REDUCE EQUIPMENT DOWNTIME, EXTEND EQUIPMENT LIFE AND REDUCE MAINTENANCE
COSTS.

THE RIGHT PERIOD BETWEEN TWO SUBSEQUENTLY OPERATIONS WILL BE EVALUATED BY


THE CUSTOMER, ONCE THE MACHINE HAS BEEN OPTIMISED AND IN A STEADY STATE,
ACCORDING TO WAY OF USING AND WORKING MODE AND ENVIRONMENTAL AND OPERATIVE
CONDITIONS.

WARNING
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY OF MACHINE PARTS MUST BE MADE BY
QUALIFIED PERSONNEL USING APPROPRIATE TOOLS AND WORKING
METHODS.
La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42

CHAPTER 8

Machine: Unwinders and Winder


Customer Lidersan Saglik

Pag. 259 ( 58 )

Sections Title: Maintenance

Version: 1.0

THE MACHINE MUST FOLLOW A REGULAR MAINTENANCE PROGRAM.

GENERAL MAINTENANCE CHART


N Maintenance operation

40 160 500 Qualification


h

of personnel

Check the correct positioning


1

of all the safety devices . If


necessary, restore the initial

Dust the Machine with a


suction device.

8h

safety devices. If necessary,

8h

replace the faulty component.


Clean the air filters for
4

ventilation of the motors. If

necessary, replace.
Check the level of lubricating
5

the machine. If necessary, top

up.

Check the oil filters. If you


need to replace.

Drain the water of


7

condensation in the water

operators

turned on
waiting for

commands

Control and efficiency of the


3

Nr. of

Machine is

position.

Machine Status

separator / air.

Cut energy Lockout-Tagout

Machine in
operation

Cut energy Lockout-Tagout

Cut energy Lockout-Tagout

Cut energy Lockout-Tagout

Cut energy Lockout-Tagout

Check anomalous
8

temperatures (E.g.: the oil


temperature of the hydraulic

Cut energy Lockout-Tagout

unit).

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42

CHAPTER 8

Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Pag. 260 ( 58 )

Sections Title: Maintenance

N Maintenance operation

Version: 1.0

40 160 500 Qualification


h

of personnel

Check the values of the


9

pneumatic and hydraulic

Machine Status

Cut energy -

Lockout-Tagout

pressures.

Nr. of
operators

Check for air and hydraulic


leakage of the pneumatic and
10 hydraulic cylinders and circuits

Cut energy -

Lockout-Tagout

and change the seals, if

necessary.
Control and efficiency alarms.
11 If necessary, notify your

service representative.
Cleaning the fan filter on the
12 electrical panel. If necessary,

replace.
Control boxes (efficiency
13

control buttons). If necessary,


notify your service

Machine in
operation

Cut energy Lockout-Tagout

Machine is
X

representative.

turned on
waiting for

commands

Check the cleanliness of the


14

outer surface of the electric


motors. If necessary, perform

Cut energy Lockout-Tagout

the cleaning.
Check that the correct
fastening of the fixed guards
15 and bodies of power

transmission. If necessary

Cut energy Lockout-Tagout

tighten the fasteners.


Check the condition of the
16

bearings ( for proper greasing


see the list of lubricants). If

Cut energy Lockout-Tagout

necessary, replace.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42

CHAPTER 8

Machine: Unwinders and Winder


Customer Lidersan Saglik

Pag. 261 ( 58 )

Sections Title: Maintenance

N Maintenance operation

Version: 1.0

40 160 500 Qualification


h

of personnel

Check the connections of


17 electrical cables . If necessary,

Cut energy -

Lockout-Tagout

tighten the clamps.

Nr. of
operators

1
EN

Cleaning the inside of electrical


18 cabinets and enclosures of the

Machine Status

machine.

Cut energy Lockout-Tagout

Visual inspection of the status


19

of the contactors and


components in general. If

Cut energy Lockout-Tagout

necessary, replace .
Visual inspection of pipelines
20 furniture . If broken , replace

them.
Check the efficiency of the
21

emergency circuit . If
necessary, replace the

Cut energy Lockout-Tagout

Machine is
X

malfunctioning parts .

turned on
waiting for

commands

Checking the tightening of the


22

bolts of the machine. If


necessary , tighten the

Cut energy Lockout-Tagout

fasteners .
Check the drive belt conditions
23 and replace them, if

necessary.

Cut energy Lockout-Tagout

8.3.2 SAFETY DEVICE CHECK

Machine is running

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Maintenance

CHAPTER 8

Pag. 262 ( 58 )
Version: 1.0

- Check that all emergency buttons on the machine are working properly.
- Check that the locking devices positioned on the access doors in the machine's operating area
are working.
- Check that the safety cord - used to stop the machine in an emergency - is working.
- Check that the foot-operated pedals are working and that they allow you to stop the machine in
an emergency.

8.3.3 MAINTENANCE ON COMMERCIAL PARTS

NOTE
FOR THE REPLACEMENT OF SOME OF THE MOST IMPORTANT PARTS, AS WELL AS FOR
THEIR MAINTENANCE OR THEIR POSSIBLE REINSTALLATION, PAY ATTENTION TO THE
INFORMATION OF THE DIFFERENT SUPPLIERS DESCRIBED IN THE ADDITIONAL
DOCUMENTATION AND ENCLOSED IN THIS INSTRUCTION BOOK.

8.3.4 ORDINARY MAINTENANCE FOR ELECTRICAL PLANT


8.3.4.1

PURPOSE

An electrical plant, perfectly installed and accurately assembled and started, ensures a long and
trouble-free working life, with no inconveniences and without requiring any special maintenance.

The overall plant maintenance is essentially made up of several small operations that, in order to be
effective, must be performed on a regular basis. It is therefore very important that such operations,
even if they are very simple, are planned and outlined on the maintenance card of the machine or of
the whole plant itself. On such cards the maintenance operator can register the interventions carried
out and the malfunctions possibly encountered.

The following periodical maintenance operations are therefore extremely important to be performed.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

8.3.4.2

Sections Title: Maintenance

CHAPTER 8

Pag. 263 ( 58 )
Version: 1.0

CLEANING THE PANELS

On a monthly basis, it is necessary to proceed to clean thoroughly all the electrical panels near the
machine to reduce the risks of overheating and fire.

8.3.4.3

VERIFYING THE COMPONENTS

All the electrical components installed to serve the machine (switches, relays, drives, fuses,
transformers, etc.) that are listed in the electrical diagrams, are accompanied by a specific manual
compiled by the manufacturers, which describes the check and maintenance procedures. The user
must carry out the maintenance following the procedures outlined.

8.3.4.4

VERIFYING THE CABLES AND WIRING

On a six-month basis, it is necessary to proceed to verify that the wiring is functioning correctly by
inspecting the panels, the cable raceways, the connections to the appliances (motors, sensors,
valves, etc.). In the event that a component is clearly worn, broken or loose it is necessary to proceed
to repair and/or replace it.

8.3.4.5

VERIFYING CORRECT FUNCTIONING OF DIFFERENTIAL SWITCHES AND


GROUNDING SYSTEM

On a yearly basis, it is necessary to proceed to verify the correct functioning of the differential
switches

and to measure the resistance to ground in compliance with the current regulations

applicable in the country the system is installed.

NOTE
BEFORE CARRYING OUT ANY INSPECTIONS OR MAINTENANCE ACTIVITIES ON THE
ELECTRICAL PLANT, READ CAREFULLY THE FOLLOWING POINTS.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Maintenance

CHAPTER 8

Pag. 264 ( 58 )
Version: 1.0

8.3.5 MAINTENANCE OF PNEUMATIC PLANT


A preventive maintenance keeps the pneumatic plant in the best possible conditions, preventing and
reducing the possibility of unexpected sudden stops of the machinery.
Maintenance operations should be planned according to installation conditions and plant usage.

Maintenance operations must be carried out only by expert and qualified staff. Compressed air can
be dangerous for those who do not know its physical principles.
Every operation must be carried out in complete safety conditions, previously deactivating any
pneumatic, hydraulic and electric energy sources.
When the operation is over and before restoring the energetic sources, ensure that no one is in the
machine area.

To plan a good preventive maintenance under normal environmental working conditions, as far as
temperature, humidity and dust are concerned, in a proper and workmanlike plant with clean and dry
air, keep to the following times.
8.3.5.1

PERIODICALLY

- Empty all filters of the condensate. Clean the polycarbonate cup, using only water and neutral
detergents.
- Check the values set for the pressure gear reducers.

8.3.5.2

MONTHLY

- Check pipes and pipe fitting seals.


- Check the state of filtering elements.
- Operate the valves, at least once every 30 days, in order to avoid any possible malfunctions.

8.3.5.3

SIX-MONTHLY / YEARLY

- Disassemble and clean every component, replace worn parts, reassemble and lubricate gaskets
with the appropriate grease.
- Filter.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Maintenance

CHAPTER 8

Pag. 265 ( 58 )
Version: 1.0

- Pressure reducer.
- Cylinders (max. 500000 m/year).
- Valves (max. 20000000 exchanges)

8.3.5.4

LUBRICATION

Pneumatic components do not require additional lubrications during the working phase, because they
have been greased during the assembling.

In case of need, it is important to use only TURBINE OIL CLASSE 1, ISO VG32 oil (without
additive).
Pay attention to the instrumentation, which must never be lubricated.

CAUTION
ONCE THE COMPONENT HAS BEEN USED WITH LUBRICATED AIR, THIS
MUST BE CONSTANTLY KEPT FOR THE WHOLE WORKING TIME, BECAUSE
THE GREASE INTRODUCED IN THE ASSEMBLY HAS BEEN WASHED AWAY
BY THE LUBRICANT.

8.3.6 ORDINARY MAINTENANCE FOR OIL-HYDRAULIC PLANT


8.3.6.1

PURPOSE

An oil-hydraulic plant, perfectly installed and accurately assembled and started, ensures a long and
trouble-free working life, with no inconveniences and without requiring any special maintenance.

The fundamental principle is to continuously control the quality and the condition of the fluid
transmitting power together with the absence of impurities in the circuit, which is directly related to the
reliability of any oil-hydraulic machine.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Maintenance

CHAPTER 8

Pag. 266 ( 58 )
Version: 1.0

The overall plant maintenance is essentially made up of several small operations that, in order to be
effective, must be performed on a regular base. It is therefore very important that such operations,
even if they are very simple, are planned and outlined on the maintenance card of the machine or of
the whole plant itself. On such cards the maintenance operator can register the interventions carried
out and the malfunctions possibly encountered.

The following periodical maintenance operations are therefore extremely important to be performed

NOTE
BEFORE CARRYING OUT ANY INSPECTIONS OR MAINTENANCE ACTIVITIES ON THE
HYDRAULIC PLANT, READ CAREFULLY THE FOLLOWING POINTS.

8.3.6.2

EXTERNAL CLEANING

A monthly external cleaning permits to detect any possible leaks and take immediate action against
them.

8.3.6.3

AIR FILTER CONTROL

The air filters must be changed on a monthly basis. The control period can vary according to direct
on-site experience and environmental conditions. The air filter is a self standing container in medium
and large size plants. In small plants, it is located in the oil inlet plug.

8.3.6.4

OIL FILTER CONTROL

This operation is extremely important. It must be performed on a weekly basis.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 8

Pag. 267 ( 58 )

Sections Title: Maintenance

Version: 1.0

A - SUCTION FILTERS
a) Immersed filters, which are normally assembled on small units, are not visible from the outside,
therefore every time the hydraulic oil needs substituting, they should be changed as well.
b) The external filters are normally equipped with an electrical obstruction indicator; when the
indicator signals an obstruction, the filtering cartridge must be immediately replaced, following the
below mentioned procedure.
Spin on filter (on line):
Switch off the hydraulic unit.
Unscrew the container using a chain wrench.
Substitute the cartridge with another one alike (code stamped on the container), making sure to
lubricate the sealing with a small quantity of oil before screwing it back to the container.
Switch on the hydraulic unit.
Half-immersed filter:
Switch off the hydraulic unit.
Unscrew the screws that block the lid against the filter container (located on top).
Take the lid off and extract the contaminated filter cartridge (mind the spring position).
Insert the new cartridge.
Re-assemble the lid and tighten the screws.
Switch the hydraulic unit back on.
B - INLET FILTERS
These filters are located between the pump and the distributing group. They are normally equipped
with an electric visible obstruction indicator. The electrical contact advises the PLC that the filter is
obstructed, while the visible indicator which is normally a green ring enclosed in a transparent
container, progressively turns red because of the obstruction.

Follow this substituting procedure:


Switch off the hydraulic unit.
Manually discharge the line pressure by means of the first electro-distributor (with in line
accumulators, there is always a manual tap on the discharge itself).
Unscrew the filter using a hex key (on the bottom of the container is a hexagonal end fit for
purpose). Obtain a bowl to collect the oil that comes out from the container.
Extract the filter by pulling it downwards (with vertical filters).
La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Maintenance

CHAPTER 8

Pag. 268 ( 58 )
Version: 1.0

Clean the bottom of the container from the deposited oil and from any possible contaminants.
Re-assemble a new cartridge.
Tighten the container minding the position of the oil seal.
Close any possible discharge pressure taps.
Switch the hydraulic unit back on.
C - OIL RETURN FILTERS
They are normally located between the distributor and the tank, and can be equipped with electric
visible obstruction indicators they can be divided into:
In- line spin on filters (see above point for their substitution procedure).
Half-immersed filters (see above point for their substitution procedure).

To carry out all the maintenance operations please refer to the oil-hydraulic diagrams, necessary to
identify the components and to locate them on the unit.
8.3.6.5

FLUID TOP UP

The top up must be made when the fluid level drops down to the minimum (the visible level is
mounted on the side of the tank, a transparent window indicating the internal fluid level, a high blue
line indicating its max. level, a low red line indicating its min. level).
Minimum level indicators and pump stop devices contribute to good maintenance and management of
machines running continuum.
The fluid top up must be made with the same fluid used in the first fill-up of the plant which must be
indicated directly on the tank.
The need of a continuous fluid top up proves that there is a leakage somewhere; therefore, we
recommend to check conducts, cylinders, motors, valve groups, etc. on a six month base.

8.3.6.6

FLUID CHANGE

This depends upon the plant application and its degradation.


The substitution is normally needed every 2500/3000 hours of functioning. Frequent controls of the
chemical-physical properties and the contamination grade permit a preventive intervention.
The fluid substitution should follow an accurate cleaning of the tank

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

8.3.6.7

Sections Title: Maintenance

CHAPTER 8

Pag. 269 ( 58 )
Version: 1.0

CLEANING OF THE TANK

SWITCH OFF THE HYDRAULIC PLANT


A. Small units
Take out the fluid from the special oil discharge tap, or suck it with a special pump.
In small units the tank cleaning is carried out by taking off the lid of the unit, prior to disconnecting
the pipe fastening to the utilises, and cleaning the tank with solvents or appropriate soaps, to
eliminate, sludge, deposits, water or condense, oil deposit and any other small or big contaminating
particles.
Re-assemble the tank lid and fasten the piping.
Fill up the tank with fluid and re start the plant. Purge any air left behind in the circuit.

B. Medium size and big units


Take out the fluid by means of the discharge plugs or the appropriate pumps.
Disassemble the port light (round cover located on the side of the tank) unscrewing the locking nuts.
Replace any filters immersed in the tank.
Clean the bottom of the tank with solvents or soaps to eliminate, sludge, deposits, water or
condense, oil deposit etc.
Verify that the inside surface of the tank and the area under the lid is clean.
Re-assemble the coverlid and check the gasket.
Fill up the tank with the fluid
Re-start the unit.

USED OIL STOCKING


Used oil and filter cartridges as well as all the instruments and tools used to clean the unit (rugs,
sponges, ) must be stocked in an area marked by a used oil signal. Specialised, certified firms
must dispose of the above mentioned items.
When purchasing any kind of hydraulic fluid, the customer should receive a certificate of origin
specifying its chemical and physical features as well as its usage.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 8

Pag. 270 ( 58 )

Sections Title: Maintenance

Version: 1.0

FLUID TEMPERATURE CHECKS


The wear and tear of the fluid caused by high temperature can severely damage the unit.
Heat can considerably influence the formation of degradation products.
Oxidation speed can be considered as constant up to an oil temperature of 60C; beyond this level,
the speed doubles every 10C.
The usual oil temperature in service plants running continuum can vary between 49c and 58C and
must be checked on a weekly basis.

HEAT EXCHANGER
a) Air/oil exchangers
At the end of each shift carefully remove any dust and particles blocking the radiant mass of the
exchanger. This procedure can be carried out both manually and by means of compressed air
working in the opposite direction of the air moved by the solenoid-valve.
b) Water/oil exchangers
They have to be cleaned every six months approximately. The frequency of this intervention varies
according to the quality of the water.
The daily check of the fluid temperature indicates the deteriorating thermal exchange conditions and
the need to proceed with maintenance works on the exchanger.
8.3.6.8

ACCUMULATOR PRE-CHARGE CHECKS

The pre-charge of the accumulator should be checked every two months by means of appropriate
instruments. Proceed as follows.
- a) Switch the hydraulic unit off and discharge the accumulator pressure by means of its tap.
- b) Remove the upper lid and insert the checking instrument.
- c) Verify the pressure and the result with the data indicated on the hydraulic diagram.
- d) Should the pre-charge pressure be lower than recommended, the accumulator can be
recharged with a nitrogen bottle to be linked to the checking instrument.
- e) When the pressure is 0 and all the pre-charge attempts are unsuccessful, either the
accumulator or the nitrogen container has to be replaced.
- f) Remove the checking instrument, close the tap and re-start the unit.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

8.3.6.9

Sections Title: Maintenance

CHAPTER 8

Pag. 271 ( 58 )
Version: 1.0

SOLENOID-VALVE, VALVE, PUMPS

It is possible to programme a series of checks that can help to determine whether any maintenance or
replacing intervention are needed.
These tests must be carried out on appropriate locations so as to trace any possible leak, wear and
tear. This operation must be carried out every 6/8 months.
Another option (since the cost of stopping the line, starting it up disassembling and reassembling it
are in fact considerable) is that of having a full set of all or at least of the main spare parts, which
needs to be replenished on a regular base.

8.3.6.10 ADVICE RELATIVE TO THE PLANT ASSEMBLY


- Install the oleo dynamic units far away from any heat source (i.e. ovens) or else carefully protect
them. Opt for well-ventilated locations to ease the thermal exchange between the tank surface
and the outside surface.
- Assemble the plant in a clean location adopting all the necessary measures to avoid any
impurities from entering the circuit.
- Check that the new fluid containers are adequately closed and kept in a cool and dry area.
- Raising prices of the hydraulic fluids and safety reasons call for frequent and strict verifications
on any possible leak. Leaks can be dangerous. They cause oil consumption, lower the rhythm
and quality of production and demand a more frequent replacement of spare parts. It has been
proved that in the long run an accurate leak prevention system turns out to be less expensive
than any other work.
- Unfortunately these oil leaks can occur and they are often caused by:
- Loosening of the connections due to bumps or vibrations.
- Water hammers for pipes too long.
- Wear and tear of dynamic seals and of those mechanical parts with which the
corresponding gaskets are in contact, due to excessive loads.
- High temperature together with wear and tear due to too much contaminant in the fluid.
8.3.6.11 OPERATIVE MAINTENANCE
In the following page we enclose a typical table for the operative maintenance of an hydraulic plant.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42

CHAPTER 8

Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Pag. 272 ( 58 )

Sections Title: Maintenance

Version: 1.0

FORM FOR A TWO-MONTH OPERATING MAINTENANCE


Nr. .................

YEAR :

.................

TYPE :

.................

PLANT :

.................

LINE :

.................

OPERATOR :

.................

S.N. HYDRAULIC UNIT :

.................

INSTALLED :

.................

OIL CHANGE CARRIED OUT ON :

.................

AT TIME:

.................

FOLLOWING

AT TIME:

.................

FILTERS CHANGE CARRIED OUT ON :

.................
CHANGED:

CONTROL TYPE

FREQUENCY

EXTERNAL CLEANING

MONTHLY

AIR FILTER CONTROL

MONTHLY

SUCTION FILTER

WEEKLY OR

INLET FILTER

WITH INDICATORS

OIL LEVEL CONTROL

WEEKLY

OIL TEMPERATURE CHECK

DAILY

CLEANING AND CHECK OF


THE HEAT EXCHANGER
ACCUMULATORS CHECK
CYLINDERS, VALVES
AND PUMPS CHECK

.................

MONTH 1

MONTH 2

DAILY
EVERY TWO MONTHS
MONTHLY

MAINTENANCE INTERVENTIONS
AND MALFUNCTIONING:

8.3.6.12 MAINTENANCE GUIDE FOR OIL- HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS


1 - PROBLEM : INSUFFICIENT PRESSURE
Or pressure drops with respect to the level expected for the circuit.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Maintenance

CHAPTER 8

Pag. 273 ( 58 )
Version: 1.0

PROBABLE CAUSES

POSSIBLE SOLUTIONS

1) Max. pressure valve partially open

a) Pressure too low


b) Seal housings worn out
c) Impurities beneath the housings
d) Spring broken

2) Pump defective

See problem 2

3) Excessive internal leaks

a) Seals worn in the cylinders or hydraulic motors


b) Valves and distributors worn
c) Oil viscosity too low

4) Excessive load losses

a) Oil viscosity too high


b) Oil passage too small
c) Oil passage partially obstructed

8.3.6.13 2 - PROBLEM : PUMP DEFECTIVE


For little or no capacity with respect to normal valves.
PROBABLE CAUSES

POSSIBLE SOLUTIONS

1) Throttled intake

a) Intake filter too small or clogged


b) Intake hose obstructed
c) Intake hose small or winding

2) Air intakes

a) In the tank inlet


b) In the intake fittings
c) In the seals on the pump shaft
d) Due to oil intake with foam

3) Tank hermetically sealed

Air breather in tank obstructed

4) Defective activation

a) Check coupling
b) Speed too high or too low

5) Oil viscosity too high

See instructions for pump

6) Breakages inside the pump

a) Internal seals broken


b) Blades, plates or pistons stuck
c) Pump head not tight
d) Broken internal parts to be replaced

7) Pump excessively worn

a) Pump to be replaced

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Pag. 274 ( 58 )

Sections Title: Maintenance

8.3.6.14 3 - PROBLEM : PUMP NOISY


Abnormally (i.e., some gear pumps are always rather noisy)
PROBABLE CAUSES

POSSIBLE SOLUTIONS

1) Cavitation

a) Throttled intake: see problem 2


b) High viscosity: see problem 2

2) Air intakes

See problem 2

3) Internal wear

Excessive slack in supports and plates

4) System vibrations

Defective installation, resonance, etc

8.3.6.15 4 - PROBLEM : OVERHEATING


That is, oil temperature rises above the prudential limit of 50 - 60 C.
PROBABLE CAUSES

POSSIBLE SOLUTIONS

1) Maximum pressure too high

Excessive valve setting

2) Power used needlessly

a) Cut-off valve insufficient


b) End-of-cycle short circuit in-operative
c) Hydraulic circuit to be modified

3) Excessive internal leaks

See problem 2

4) Excessive load losses

See problem 1

5) Insufficient oil capacity

Increase the oil tank size

6) Insufficient cooling

a) Add artificial cooling


b) Coolants not efficient

7) Excessive friction

a) Defective internal pump assembly


b) Lack of lubrication where prescribed
c) Oil with little lubricating power

8.3.6.16 5 - PROBLEM : INCORRECT MOVEMENTS


Of the parts hydraulically activated with respect to the established cycle.
PROBABLE CAUSES

CHAPTER 8

POSSIBLE SOLUTIONS

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Version: 1.0

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Maintenance

PROBABLE CAUSES

POSSIBLE SOLUTIONS

1) Air in the circuit

a) Release air bubbles in high points

CHAPTER 8

Pag. 275 ( 58 )
Version: 1.0

b) Eliminate air intake: see problem 2


2) Valves blocked

a) Closing valves blocked by rubber or other


b) Valves partially open due to impurities

3) Cylinders blocked

a) Defective internal cylinder assembly


b) Inadmissible normal axis loads
c) Connecting pins stuck

4) Excessive load losses

See problem 1

5) Variable pressure to buffers

a) Insufficient buffer capacity


b) Higher circuit demand due to internal leaks

8.3.6.17 6 - PROBLEM : EXCESSIVE WEAR


Too fast with relation to actual running time.
PROBABLE CAUSES

POSSIBLE SOLUTIONS

1) Oil contains abrasives

a) Oil too old


b) Filters inefficient

2) Insufficient lubrication

a) Poor quality oil


b) Oil too fluid at running temperature

3) High running pressure

With relation to maximum allowed for pump and valves

4) Defective couplings

Abnormal stress on shafts and stems

8.4

LUBRICATION AND GREASING

WARNING
IMMEDIATELY WIPE OFF ANY OIL LEAKS AROUND THE MACHINE, AS THEY
MAY REPRESENT A SERIOUS RISK OF AN ACCIDENT FOR THOSE WHO ARE
OPERATING AROUND. SEE "REMOVAL OF OILS AND LUBRICANTS A PAG.
298."
La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Maintenance

CHAPTER 8

Pag. 276 ( 58 )
Version: 1.0

CAUTION
DO NOT DISPERSE THE LUBRICANT OR GREASE IN THE ENVIRONMENT.

WASH HANDS THOROUGHLY IF THEM COME INTO CONTACT WITH THE


LUBRICANT.

IN CASE OF ACCIDENTAL SQUIRTS IN THE EYES, RINSE THEM WELL WITH


WATER.

IN CASE OF ACCIDENTAL INGESTIONS, DO NOT INDUCE VOMITING BUT


CALL IMMEDIATELY A DOCTOR FOR TREATMENT ADVICE.

NOTE
THE WARNINGS AND RISKS INVOLVED IN USING A MANUAL PUMP TO GREASE ROTATING OR
SLIDING PARTS MUST BE READ CAREFULLY. THE OPERATOR MUST BE FAMILIAR WITH THE
OPERATION OF THE PUMP AND FULLY UNDERSTAND WHAT THE DANGERS ARE. THIS CAN BE
DONE BY CONSULTING THE PUMP MANUFACTURER'S USER MANUAL.

READ THE SAFETY SHEET OF THE LUBRICANT USED. ORGANISE ANY PREVENTATIVE AND/
OR REMEDIAL ACTIONS IN CASE OF ACCIDENTAL CONTACT.

Obligation to protect hands with gloves.

Obligation to wear a mask to protect the face.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Maintenance

CHAPTER 8

Pag. 277 ( 58 )
Version: 1.0

8.4.1 AUTOMATIC LUBRICATION


Not supplied.

8.4.2 MANUAL LUBRICATION


EN
Electrical power disconnected
Pneumatic power disconnected

Obligation to protect hands with gloves.

8.4.2.1

BEARING LUBRICATION

Concerning the bearings with seals on both sides (type 2RS1) these already contain the right quantity
of lithium- based grease and this is why they are lubricated for life. They do not require maintenance
and must never be cleaned.
Concerning the lubrication of bearings without incorporated seals, these must be correctly greased at
regular intervals, to guarantee their functionality.
Grease the bearings of those motor provided with lubricators.

NOTE

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 8

Pag. 278 ( 58 )

Sections Title: Maintenance

Version: 1.0

IT IS IMPORTANT TO USE ALWAYS THE SAME GREASE TYPE YOU HAVE PREVIOUSLY
ADOPTED. SOME GREASES, IN FACT, MAY LOSE THEIR LUBRICATING CAPACITY WHEN THEY
MIXED WITH OTHER DIFFERENT GREASE TYPES.

8.4.2.2

LUBRICANT LIST

Bearings:
Lithium- based grease lubrication, with ep features
Gear reducer:
Synthetic-based oil lubrication, ISO 220
- "FINA Giran S"
- "ESSO Glicolube"
- "MOBILGlycole HE"
-

"SHELL Tivela SC"

NOTE
SYNTHETIC OILS ARE NOT COMPATIBLE WITH MINERAL OILS.

The lubricant tanks have to be carefully cleaned before being filled up with synthetic oils. Moreover, it
is necessary that gaskets and rubber components of the equipments are compatible with lubricants
with polyglycole basis.
Hydraulic plant:
Oil ISO 68
- "FINA Hydran TS"
- "ESSO NUTO H"
- "MOBIL DTE"
- "SHELL TELLUS"
If respecting the most elementary safety regulations, these oils, due to their high flash point, do not
have any specific fire risk during their manipulation.
Linear slide guides:

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42

CHAPTER 8

Machine: Unwinders and Winder


Customer Lidersan Saglik

Pag. 279 ( 58 )

Sections Title: Maintenance

Version: 1.0

Linear slide guides are treated with protective oil. Internal lubrication can be made with either oil or
grease.

EN

- Refer to the following table for necessary lubricant quantities.


- When lubricating with oil, the quantity of lubricant must be introduced all at once.
- Introduce the lubricant until it seeps from the seals.
- Re-lubrication intervals depend both on the quantity used in the first lubrication and on
environmental conditions.
Normal values to be employed:
Grease: 20.000 until 200.000 m of stroke
Oil: 10.000 until 50.000 m of stroke.
Size

GREASE: first
lubrication

GREASE: re-lubrication

OIL: first lubrication and


re-lubrication

15

0.5

0.3

0.5

25

2.0

1.2

1.2

30

3,2

1,9

1,6

35

3,3

1,7

45

4,2

3,2

55

14

8,5

5,4

AMOUNT OF GREASE
The table below shows the amount of lubricating oil, grease and hydraulic oil used for the installation
and startup of the Line.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42

CHAPTER 8

Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Pag. 280 ( 58 )

Sections Title: Maintenance

Machine

Version: 1.0

Lubricating oil (lt)

Hydraulic oil (lt)

Grease (kg)

Axial Jumby

11

300

ACXX

12

320

12

Top Speedy

7,5

435

11,5

Speedster

25

450

15

180 Master Roll rotation

55

1,5

Stock Station (*)

6 (+4)

(+2)

Shaft Handling

10

85

1,5

Corematic

Winders

Slitter Rewinders

Master Roll Handling

Shaft Handling system

(*) The number in parentheses indicates what needs to be provided for each station.

CAUTION!
BEFORE STARTING THE LINE CHECK FOR THE PRESENCE OF LUBRICANT
IN ALL THE COMPONENTS!

8.4.2.3

LUBRICATION POINTS

Local greasers have been foreseen to carry out the periodical lubrication operations.

NOTE
THE GREASING CARTRIDGES MUST BE CLEANED BEFORE USING THE GREASE GUN.

With regards to:

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42

CHAPTER 8

Machine: Unwinders and Winder


Customer Lidersan Saglik

Pag. 281 ( 58 )

Sections Title: Maintenance

Version: 1.0

- lubricating points
- their position on the machine
- number of greasing points
- greasing type
- grease quantity
- lubrication timing

EN

Refer to the drawings :


PL2014040.pdf

PL2014041.pdf

PL2014042.pdf

PL2014039.pdf

8.5

EXTRAORDINARY MAINTENANCE

Extraordinary maintenance of the machine is intended as the set of operations that, with reference to
the strategic safety components, have the following purpose:
- Check that the installation of the components has been carried out correctly, according to the
general recommendations of the suppliers.

NOTE
INSTRUCTION MANUALS FOR COMMERCIAL PARTS ARE ATTACHED TO THIS MANUAL.

- Check that the installation of the components has been carried out correctly, according to the
general recommendations of the suppliers.
- Periodically control the components to verify their working reliability.
- For this purpose, the client must provide programmed inspection

and maintenance cards

including:
- Checks and functional tests to be carried out on the various components.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Maintenance

CHAPTER 8

Pag. 282 ( 58 )
Version: 1.0

- Time intervals over which these checks and tests must be performed.
- Responsibility for organisation and management of the tests.
- Provide the results of the tests and verifications.
- Carry out proper operations of the system calibration and regulation each time these tests and
verifications highlight any faults due to any malfunctioning of the safety components or of any
other part of the machine connected to them.
The same operation of calibration and regulation must be executed after any replacements or
interventions (modification, replacement and repair) on parts of the machine that could impair
functioning.
Such measures must always be reported to the constructor, who evaluates their functionality and
authorises their execution.
For the safety circuit inspection as for the general inspection of all electrical devices, remember that
all connections have been identified (CEI EN 60204-1 regulations) with the following colours:
- BLACK: AC and DC power supply circuits
- LIGHT BLUE: Neutral Conductor
- RED: Command Circuits AC
- BLUE: Command Circuits DC
- YELLOW/GREEN: Protection conductors
- WHITE: External Supplies
Each end of all wires has an identifier on the electrical plans: this applies to the terminal boards and
for every electromechanical or electronic parts.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Maintenance

CHAPTER 8

Pag. 283 ( 58 )
Version: 1.0

EN

8.5.1 ELECTRICAL CUBICLES


All the verifications and inspections regarding the electrical cubicle must bring evidence of the
reliability and correct functioning of its components.

8.5.2 CONTROLS PANEL


8.5.2.1

PLC DIGITAL OUTPUTS

The PLC programming specification includes some digital outputs to control the pneumatic and
hydraulic actuators and general outputs described in the electrical diagrams.
8.5.2.2

PLC DIGITAL INPUTS

The PLC programming specification includes some digital inputs to control commands, sensors and
alarms as described in the electrical diagrams.
8.5.2.3

INTEGRITY TEST OF THE BUFFER BATTERY

Every three months check the LED BAFT state:


- LED off = buffer battery charged
- LED on = buffer battery flat. In this case, change the battery without cutting off the power supply
of the PLC.
La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 8

Pag. 284 ( 58 )

Sections Title: Maintenance

Version: 1.0

8.5.3 SAFETY UNITS


A safety unit controls all the locking devices (door-lock). Each locking device is controlled by a button
locking or unlocking the corresponding fence.
Each button is provided with a warning light, which switches on when the fence is locked.
The fence cannot be opened when the machine is working. Vice versa, if the fence is not closed and
locked, the machine cannot start.
A dedicated safety unit manages the emergency stop buttons. Each emergency stop button is
provided with a warning lamp, which is controlled at a hardware level by the button itself, indicating
the intervention.
By activating the emergency stop button, all auxiliaries are deactivated, except the PLC power supply,
the converters and the PLC output cards supply.
The emergency reset intervenes at a hardware level directly on the control unit.

NOTE
THE CUSTOMER IS ASKED TO SUPPLY A "NORMALLY CLOSED" CONTACT COMING FROM THE
PRODUCTION LINE, UPSTREAM OF THE MACHINE, WHICH OPENS IN CASE OF AN
EMERGENCY STOP.

8.5.4 SAFETY LIMIT SWITCHES


8.5.4.1

CORRECT USE ACCORDING TO ITS UTILIZATION

Safety switches are electromagnetic interlock devices with guard locking device. They interlock
movable protective guards so that :
- Dangerous operations on the machines can only be carried out if the guard is closed and
locked;
- The guard cannot be opened when the machine is running.
- Starting commands, which may cause dangerous conditions, can be initiated only when the
guard is in its protective position and the guard-locking device is locked.
The guard-locking device must be released only when the dangerous conditions have been
neutralized.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Maintenance

CHAPTER 8

Pag. 285 ( 58 )
Version: 1.0

EN

Limit switch

8.5.4.2

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

The safety switch performs a personal protection function. Incorrect installation or tampering can lead
to severe injuries to personnel.
Safety switch must not be bypassed (bridging of contacts), turned away, removed or otherwise made
ineffective.
Switchover operation can only be triggered by actuators specially provided for this purpose, which are
permanently connected to the protective guard.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

8.5.4.3

Sections Title: Maintenance

CHAPTER 8

Pag. 286 ( 58 )
Version: 1.0

FUNCTIONING

Safety switches permit position monitoring and locking of the movable protective guard by a positiveaction locking device. The same switchover element is used for position monitoring of the guard and
interlock monitoring.
8.5.4.4

SERVICE AND INSPECTION

If damage or wear is found, the complete switch and actuator assembly must be replaced.

NOTE
REPLACEMENT OF INDIVIDUAL PARTS OR ASSEMBLIES IS NOT PERMISSIBLE!

No service work is required, but regular inspection of the following is necessary to ensure trouble-free,
lasting operation:
- Correct switching function.
- Secure mounting of components.
- Debris and wear.
- Sealing of cable entry.
- Loosing of cable terminals or plug connectors.
The complete safety switch assembly must be replaced :
- After 1 million switching operations with straight or angled actuators
- After 100 000 switching operations with hinged actuators.

8.5.5 DISMOUNTING OF COUNTER-KNIVES

Electrical power disconnected


Pneumatic power disconnected

Obligation to protect hands with gloves.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Maintenance

CHAPTER 8

Pag. 287 ( 58 )
Version: 1.0

To remove the counter-knives bands proceed as follows:


- Deflate the roller from the compressed air.
- Loosen the screws of the flange.
- Before removing the flange, with suitable equipment, keep the roller to prevent the roller
cantilever can damage other parts of the machine.
- Remove the flange.
- Pull the bands of counter-knives.

To replace the bands, proceed in reverse order.

NOTE
PAY ATTENTION TO THE ASSEMBLY OF THE INTERNAL BEARING.

Unmounting sequence video


663_Smont.c_lame.avi

8.5.6 REPLACEMENT OF KNIVES

Electrical power disconnected


Pneumatic power disconnected

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 8

Pag. 288 ( 58 )

Sections Title: Maintenance

Version: 1.0

Obligation to protect hands with gloves.

To replace the knifes, proceed as follows:


- Use a screwdriver to loosen the screw on the pressure nut of the Belleville springs,
- Push the blade rotation locking device with your finger so that you are able to undo the nut with
a prong spanner.

- Remove the Belleville springs (remembering the arrangement in which they are assembled) and
remove the blade.

- To assemble the knife, reverse this sequence. Secure the pressure nut by tightening it until the
quota "X" = 0 is reached.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42

CHAPTER 8

Machine: Unwinders and Winder


Customer Lidersan Saglik

Pag. 289 ( 58 )

Sections Title: Maintenance

Version: 1.0

- After replacing a knife or counter-knife blade, check that the distance between the blade of the
knife holder and the counter-knife is approximately 1.5mm. This must be done with the
retractable pin inserted in the seat of centre.
- If the distance is incorrect, act on the seat, which should catch the centring pin.
- Adjust the blade overlap of the knife holder to the counter-knife blade. Sharpening changes the
diameter of the blade. To maintain the same cutting point the blade of the knife holder must be
moved towards the counter-knife.

Using an 8mm Allen key:


- loosen to increase the overlap
- tighten to reduce the overlap
The overlap value depends on the type of product being cut and the working conditions. Therefore,
you must adjust this value according to your experience. Approximate overlap values can be deduced
from the table below.
product

mm

Tissue

0.4 - 0.8

Light-heavy papers

0.4 - 1

Light cardboard-cores

0.5 - 1

Tnt

0.4 - 1.5

Side load: all cutting units must be loaded in the same way to ensure that they have an identical
degree of wear. In the Slitto system the blades are loaded against the respective counter-knives at a
pressure of 5 bar. Increasing side loading would not improve operation. Rather, it would increase the
wear of the system.
Toe-in angle: the cutting angle is set by the technical personnel of A.Celli Nonwovens s.p.a. during
assembly of the knife holder. The figure shows a left knife.
La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 8

Pag. 290 ( 58 )

Sections Title: Maintenance

Version: 1.0

8.5.7 SHARPENING OF KNIVES AND COUNTER-KNIVES

Electrical power disconnected


Pneumatic power disconnected

Obligation to protect hands with gloves.

CAUTION
SHARPENING CANNOT BE CARRIED OUT WITH THE BLADES IN THE
OPERATING POSITION. KNIFE HOLDERS MUST NOT BE USED AS SUPPORTS
FOR SHARPENING BLADES. DO NOT ALLOW DUST BUILT UP BY THE
GRINDER TO PENETRATE THE BEARINGS OF THE SYSTEM.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Maintenance

CHAPTER 8

Pag. 291 ( 58 )
Version: 1.0

- To sharpen the knives, dismantle the blades following the instructions given in the previous
paragraph.
- Only use the knife grinder on the side of the blade that is slanted by 30 degrees

EN

NOTE
WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU DO NOT RESHARPEN BLADES WITH A DIAMETER OF LESS THAN
142 MM.

- Counter-knives must be dismantled prior to sharpening, following the instructions given in the
previous paragraphs.
INDEPENDENT COUNTER-KNIVES
- Only use the knife grinder on the side of the blade that is slanted by 5 degrees
- Finish sharpening the blades manually with the grinding stone to remove very slight
unevenness that may remain.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 8

Pag. 292 ( 58 )

Sections Title: Maintenance

The counterknives must be sharp on cutting edge which and on the support surface both.
Remove on both surfaces of the same amount of material.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Version: 1.0

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42

CHAPTER 8

Machine: Unwinders and Winder


Customer Lidersan Saglik

Pag. 293 ( 58 )

Sections Title: Maintenance

Version: 1.0

EN

Sectional view of the counterknife

Ref.

Description

Counterknife

Clamping flange

Detail of surfaces to be machined

NOTE
THE SURFACES MUST BE BOTH MACHINED OTHERWISE YOU WILL LOSE THE POSITION OF
THE CUTTING EDGE.

IN CASE OF PROBLEMS, THE PROCEDURE MUST BE PERFORMED IS FOR THE OFFSET


CALIBRATION.

COUNTER-KNIVES BAND
- Only use the knife grinder on the side of the blade that is slanted by 5 degrees.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 8

Pag. 294 ( 58 )

Sections Title: Maintenance

Version: 1.0

- Finish sharpening the blades manually with the grinding stone to remove very slight
unevenness that may remain.

Counter-knife band

8.6

CLEANING

The operator responsible for running the machine must visually check the cleanliness of the machine,
with particular reference to:

- The presence of dust inside the unwinding area;


- The presence of waste inside the machine;
- The presence of dust in the transmission area;
- The presence of dust on the sensors;
- The presence of waste on the rolling guides.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 8

Pag. 295 ( 58 )

Sections Title: Maintenance

Version: 1.0

WARNING
NO MAINTENANCE INTERVENTION OR ADJUSTMENT HAS TO BE
UNDERTAKEN ON ANY PART OF THE MACHINE WITHOUT FIRST
DISCONNECTING AND LOCKING THE MACHINE - POWER SUPPLY
INTERFACE (SEE "PROCEDURE FOR LOCKOUT AND TAGOUT A PAG. 249").

THE OPERATOR MUST BE SUITABLY PROTECTED DURING ROUTINE


CLEANING OF THE MACHINE. WE RECOMMEND THE USE OF NORMAL
PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT SUCH AS DISPOSABLE COVERALLS,
MASKS, GLOVES AND GOGGLES.

Danger of hot surfaces.


Before performing cleaning operations, wait for all parts of the machine to reach
room temperature.

FOR CLEANING OPERATIONS, DO NOT USE FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS


AND/OR WHICH MAY CREATE EXPLOSIVE MIXTURES. FOR CLEANING
OPERATIONS ALSO ACIDS AND/OR AGGRESSIVE SOLVENTS ARE NOT
RECOMMENDED. TO AVOID FIRE, USE NEUTRAL CLEANING MATERIAL
WATER BASED.

During cleaning operations, smoking and using naked flames or hot surfaces is
strictly forbidden.

CAUTION
RISK OF DAMAGE TO THE MACHINE. DO NOT USE STEEL SPATULAS TO
REMOVE EXCESS DUST. RISK OF DAMAGE TO REELS AND OTHER PARTS.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 8

Pag. 296 ( 58 )

Sections Title: Maintenance

Version: 1.0

NOTE
WHEN THE CLEANING IS OVER, THE OPERATORS CHANGE AND WASH THEMSELVES, TO
ELIMINATE ANY DUST RESIDUALS FROM THEIR BODIES.

IN CASE THERE WERE SOME PROBLEMS DURING THE DIFFERENT CLEANING PHASES, TURN
TO THE PERSON RESPONSIBLE OF THE MACHINE.

Obligation to protect hands with gloves.

Obligation to wear a suit to protect the body.

Obligation to wear a safety helmet.

Obligation to wear safety shoes.

Obligation to wear a mask to protect the face.

8.6.1 REMOVAL OF WASTE AND DUST

NOTE
THE CUSTOMER, ACCORDING TO THE TYPE OF MACHINED/WORKED PRODUCT, WILL HAVE
TO CONSIDER THE NEED OF AN EFFECTIVE LOCAL DUST- AND WASTE-EXHAUSTING
SYSTEM.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Maintenance

CHAPTER 8

Pag. 297 ( 58 )
Version: 1.0

THE DESIGN OF THE PLANT MUST BE CARRIED OUT FOLLOWING THE TECHNICAL
REGULATIONS AND, IF NECESSARY, ALSO THROUGH AN ENVIRONMENTAL INVESTIGATION
ON DUSTS.

The customer will have to periodically clean the machine and the working areas with a frequency that
may differ according to the greater or smaller dust emission and waste production and that will be
carried out according to a special procedure.
The cleaning of the machines must be carried out avoiding any dust lifting in the environment. Dust
can deposit even in areas hardly accessible during ordinary cleaning interventions.
Suction tubes/pipes, rather than brooms, should be used.
In some hardly accessible areas, it is possible to use compressed air jets, following the instructions :
- The operation must be carried out by two operators at the same time: one blows the dust and
the other sucks it with the vacuum cleaner;
- The two operators must be wearing masks to protect their breathing organs against dusts,
glasses, caps for the hair, protective disposable overalls to prevent any dust from entering the
clothing and the body; gloves.
- The whole staff must be kept away from the cleaning area and the air pressure must be
regulated at 2 bar, so as not to cause air blasts too strong.
- The operator with the air gun places himself near the area to be cleaned, starting slowly to
direct the air in order to eliminate any dust residuals; at the same time the other operator places
the suction tube near the dust discharge, trying to capture the greatest quantity of dust as
possible. The operator holding the vacuum cleaner must not to be directly exposed to the dust:
no more than 90 with respect to the compressed air blast.
- These operations should last as little as possible.

8.6.2 REMOVAL OF WASTE FORMED


All waste formed during production must be removed from the machine, specifically:
- Non-woven fabric;
- Pressed dust waste.
Non-woven fabric must be removed manually without pulling or tearing but by gently removing the
materials from the area where it is stuck.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Maintenance

CHAPTER 8

Pag. 298 ( 58 )
Version: 1.0

8.6.3 REMOVAL OF OILS AND LUBRICANTS


Leakage of oil or grease can contaminate the product or soil sensors and devices. Therefore, in areas
where accidental leakage has occurred, thorough cleaning must be performed using degreasing and
detergent products and cloths made from cotton or a non-abrasive, synthetic material. As a general
rule, the following products may be used:
- Cleaning of transparent surfaces (alcohol)
- Cleaning of varnished surfaces (degreaser)
- Cleaning of stainless steel surfaces (protective product such a WD40)
- Cleaning to guarantee hygiene (alcohol)

8.7

ARRANGEMENTS FOR STOPPING THE MACHINE FOR LONG


PERIODS AND THEN RESTARTING.

NOTE
FOR LONGER PERIODS OF STORAGE OR INACTIVITY, YOU WILL HAVE TO CONTACT THE
MANUFACTURER TO DETERMINE APPROPRIATE MEASURES TO GOOD AND SAFE STORAGE
OF THE SYSTEM.

Should the machine be inactive for a long time (3 months and more), it is very important to protect it
by following the below-mentioned precautions:
- Storing temperature should be 0 40 C; with peaks not higher than 10 C above and below.
- Every month rotate the spools/shafts (a few revolutions are sufficient) of the main drive, to
prevent damage to bearings and seals.
- Should the products be sitting on stock for more than two months, mating surfaces like flanges,
shafts and couplings must be protected by an adequate rust inhibitor (eg. "MOBILARMA" 248 or
equivalent).
- All elements with externally machined surfaces must be greased to prevent oxidation.
- Should the machine remain inactive for more than six months, reducers must be emptied from
the lubricant.
- Before putting it back into use, check that each tank has been filled with the proper type and
quantity of oil (See lubricant list)

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Maintenance

CHAPTER 8

Pag. 299 ( 58 )
Version: 1.0

- All machine parts must be in rest position. If a component is leant against another one, wood
slates must be placed between the two parts, to avoid surface indentation.
- Loosen the belts provided with a belt tightener. Pre-tensioned belts should be loosened as well.
- Check that all parts are protected against condensation and humidity.
- After a long time of inactivity, the machine re-start-up can only be performed with no load (by
threading speed). This is to allow the adjustment of all moving or rotating parts.
- The new start-up of the machinery must be carried out by trained personnel using suitable tools
and working methods.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 8

Pag. 300 ( 58 )

Sections Title: Maintenance

This page intentionally left blank

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Version: 1.0

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Troubleshooting

CHAPTER 9

Pag. 301 ( 24 )
Version: 1.0

EN

CHAPTER 9.

TROUBLESHOOTING

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 9

Pag. 302 ( 24 )

Sections Title: Troubleshooting

This page intentionally left blank.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Version: 1.0

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

9.1

Sections Title: Troubleshooting

CHAPTER 9

Pag. 303 ( 24 )
Version: 1.0

SAFETY WARNINGS

NOTE
READING THIS CHAPTER ASSUMES, FOR THE PURPOSES OF A SAFE USE OF THE MACHINE,
THE KNOWLEDGE OF WHAT IS CONTAINED IN CHAPTER "GENERAL SAFETY WARNINGS A
PAG. 101".

DANGER
DANGER UNEXPECTED START.

The operator to run the machine can only execute the reset command from the operator panel to
restart the machine.
IT MUST NOT ENTER IN THE WORKING AREA OF THE MACHINE TO
ELIMINATE FAILURES OR MALFUNCTIONS. CALL THE MECHANICAL AND
ELECTRICAL MAINTENANCE TECHNICIANS.

9.2

WINDING DEFECTS AND SOLUTIONS

The quality of a finished reel can be measured in terms of :


- Geometry
- Width
- Diameter / Length
- Core type & Size
- Slit Quality
- Clean cut
- Good separation of the web

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Troubleshooting

- Geometry Tolerance
- Dishing/Telescoping
- Roundness
- Core stick-out
- Core eccentricity
- Exterior analysis
- Cleanness
- Smooth edges

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

CHAPTER 9

Pag. 304 ( 24 )
Version: 1.0

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Troubleshooting

CHAPTER 9

Pag. 305 ( 24 )
Version: 1.0

9.2.1 TELESCOPIC EFFECT


The outer layers produce a pressure on the inner ones. If the web width is smaller than the
compression force, we will have a combined bending and compressive stress that causes the
deflection of the reel.
EN

POSSIBLE SOLUTIONS
- Apply the negative taper effect, by decreasing the winding tension according to the increasing of
the diameter of the reel which is being rewound.
- Make sure the roll draw values of the unwinder have been correctly set.
- Apply a relieving curve, so as to reduce the rider roll Nip as the reel diameter increases.
- Apply a variable load share, proportional to the reel diameter, to the slave carrying roll, so as to
reduce its torque as the winding reel diameter increases.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Troubleshooting

9.2.2 RAMPS
Accelerations and decelerations can change the reel profile in its initial and final part.

POSSIBLE SOLUTIONS
- Extend the acceleration and deceleration ramps.
- Increase the S-ramp coefficient: that is, insert a time-variable acceleration.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

CHAPTER 9

Pag. 306 ( 24 )
Version: 1.0

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Troubleshooting

CHAPTER 9

Pag. 307 ( 24 )
Version: 1.0

9.2.3 INTERFERENCE RINGS


Defects occurring at regular longitudinal intervals produce some interference lines on the reel profiles.

EN

POSSIBLE SOLUTIONS
- All along the process, it is necessary to track down any periodical defects which may alter the
physical-chemical structure of the web.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Troubleshooting

CHAPTER 9

Pag. 308 ( 24 )
Version: 1.0

9.2.4 J-LINE
If the turns on the core are not tight enough, a slipping effect will occur, especially on the master rolls,
because shafts are heavier and the reel diameters are bigger.

POSSIBLE SOLUTIONS
- Try and get a tighter winding on the first turns while generating the master roll. This can be
accomplished by applying a higher starting torque and the taper effect on the tension, thus
reducing the diameter of the parent reels.
- Use the axial helper on the unwinders.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Troubleshooting

CHAPTER 9

Pag. 309 ( 24 )
Version: 1.0

9.2.5 STARS BY THE CORE


This effect occurs if the first layers have not been wound tight enough. It usually occurs when using
rigid materials and when winding with low initial torque values.

EN

POSSIBLE SOLUTIONS
- It is necessary to increase the winding torque.
- Increase the working tension.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Troubleshooting

CHAPTER 9

Pag. 310 ( 24 )
Version: 1.0

9.2.6 SIDE-SKID OF THE WEB


In some cases, one or several sheets can side-skid. This often occurs when slippery products are
used.

POSSIBLE SOLUTIONS
- Increase the LSC value (load share).
- Decrease the initial pressure of the rider roll.
- Increase tension.
- Check that the unwinding belt pressure has a correct value. In case of oval-reels, it could be
necessary to increase this value.
- Check that the chuck relieving pressure has a correct value.

9.2.7 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR THE LONGITUDINAL CUTTING SYSTEM


9.2.7.1

INTRODUCTION

The basic elements to shear slitting that guarantee optimal slit conditions and function are as follows :
- Blades sharpness.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Troubleshooting

CHAPTER 9

Pag. 311 ( 24 )
Version: 1.0

- Blade run out.


- Vibration.
- Cant angle.
- Side load.
- Blades overlap.
9.2.7.2

EN

BLADE SHARPNESS

A sharp blade produces a clean slit. However, it is very important to determine when a blade is sharp
or dull and needs changing. You should not wait to change a blade only and when the quality control
department notices a poorly slit edge. By that time, a huge amount of poorly slit rolls have been
produced.
Machine operators can be trained to spot dull blades simply by looking at the blade itself, generally a
shiny, polished edge will form on the counter-knife and a rough, jagged edge will form on the front
slitter blade.

Typical wear band of blade

The polished edge is the result of blade interaction between the counter-knife and the front slitter
blade. As the blade wears, it becomes thicker and dull. Blades are typically changed when the cutting
edge approaches a width of approximately 0.5mm (0.020 in).
Though each application is unique, the polished edge width may vary from the suggested 0.5mm.
Factors such as cant angle, side load pressure and blade overlap will influence the edge width and
determine how quickly you reach the minimum wear width.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 9

Pag. 312 ( 24 )

Sections Title: Troubleshooting

Version: 1.0

A maximum tolerable edge width should be established early on, and used as a basis for regular
blade sharpening.
HOW MUCH CAN BE GROUND OFF A BLADE?
A blade can be reground until it no longer reaches the counter-knife. This is not advised though, as
the more the blade is ground the smaller the diameter. This in turn causes excessive blade thickness,
a common problem with double bevel blade set-up.
With slitting systems using multiple blade set-ups, it is necessary that all blades be ground to the
same diameter. The usual practice is to grind in sets, so that the overlap be identical for all slits
across the machine width.

NOTE
DO NOT GRIND BLADES, WHOSE DIAMETER IS SMALLER THAN 93% OF THE ORIGINAL
DIAMETER.

Example:
Blade 150 mm
Max. Grinding 139,5 mm

double bevel blade angles

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42

CHAPTER 9

Machine: Unwinders and Winder


Customer Lidersan Saglik

Pag. 313 ( 24 )

Sections Title: Troubleshooting

Version: 1.0

The correct grinding procedure is outlined below.


Operation
Rough Grind

Remarks
Remove wear ring band and
chips. Restore roundness

Wet/Dry
Wet

Grind edge

Re-establish grind angle.

Wet

Finish grind edge

Do not overheat

Wet

Deburr

Hand operation

Dry

Stone Type
40/60 grit Medium
soft
100 grit Medium
180 grit
Medium/hard
Oilstone or hone

This operation cannot be carried out in place. To avoid dust build up by the grinding stone, which can
penetrate into the bearings of the rotating assembly, the counter-knife blades must not be used as a
support during the grinding procedure. During regrinding heat build-up must be avoided or edge
hardness will be lost. It is especially important that the edge burr (feathered edge) be honed off before
returning the blade to service. One of the major problems associated with not following this part of the
finishing procedure is the loss of microscopic particles of metal from the blade edge. The end result
being rapid blade dulling.
The finished grind edge should be as smooth as possible. Blade life is greatly extended when said
edges are super finished, with the added benefit of less dust formation caused by web rubbing
against the reground edges.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

9.2.7.3

Sections Title: Troubleshooting

CHAPTER 9

Pag. 314 ( 24 )
Version: 1.0

BLADE RUN-OUT AND VIBRATION

WHAT IS BLADE RUN OUT?

Blade run out is the unwanted movement of knife blades that causes rapid blade and counter-knife
wear and/or poor slit edges due to equipment variables beyond optimum settings. Run out occurs in
the axial or radial plane of movement.
Axial run out is a lateral movement of the blade, which creates distinctive wear patterns on blades and
produces slit edge variables on the material being slit.
Radial run out is a vertical movement of the blade. The vertical loping will show unusual blade wear
patterns and slit edge characteristics.
HOW ARE BLADES AFFECTED BY RUN OUT?
Any axial run out of either blade directly influences blade side load and can have a drastic influence
on the blade life. The A.Celli Nonwovens s.p.a. design takes this factor into account; counter-knives
mount rotating assemblies with adjustable collars. These adjustable collars remove the natural play
found in the bearings, therefore eliminating any axial run out and blade stress that can exceed the
yield strength of the steel, usually resulting in chipped edges.
Furthermore the A.Celli Nonwovens s.p.a. front slitter design is equipped with flexible springs to
compensate for variable side load forces that can result in severe high frequency impact forces that
rapidly destroy blade sharpness.
Radial run out of either blade causes unnecessary vertical scrubbing movement between blade
contact surfaces, resulting in rapid development of the wear band around the blade parameters.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Troubleshooting

CHAPTER 9

Pag. 315 ( 24 )
Version: 1.0

As this wear band develops, the cut point shifts from the proper nip point between blades, resulting in
poorer and poorer slits.

EN

Abrasion from radial misalignment

A 30 X magnification of the front slitter blade reveals abrasion from severe radial run out (aka loping).
Axial run out (aka wobble) exceeded the yield strength of the blades steel edge causing the edge to
chip.

Abrasion from side load

A 20 X magnification of the counter-knife blade shows severe edge erosion caused by excessive side
load. Vibration greatly increases the effects of run out, often chipping away enough metal to scoop out
the edges.
WHAT IS THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE RUN OUT?
The maximum allowable run out depends on specific applications, product requirements and
customer specifications.
The maximum allowable run out can be quantified by the following example: if a customer specifies a
slit width tolerance of 0.50 mm (0.020 in.), the maximum allowable axial run out of the blade cannot
exceed 0.50 mm.
La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 9

Pag. 316 ( 24 )

Sections Title: Troubleshooting

Version: 1.0

The influence of the front slitter knife axial run out is more complex because much depends on the
ability of the front slitter knife to respond to run out without creating high side loading forces. Machine
speed impacts the destructive force of run out.
WHAT ARE THE CAUSES OF RUN OUT?
Small inaccuracies can increase into large run out.
Run out (axial wobble) can be caused by any of the following conditions:
- Blade edges not ground true to central bore.
- Debris under slitter-knife/counter-knife blade or blade mount.
- Worn blade hub assembly bearings.
- Bent or worn knife holder axle.
- Inaccurately ground blades (Slitter blades or Counter-knife blades).
- Warped blades.
- Front knife slitter blade notch not properly aligned with holding pin. (SAVAL-DELSAR).
- Lockdown collar nut not properly tightened.
- Belleville springs caught in thread of rotating assembly, correct collar nut lockdown not possible.
Radial loping can be caused by one of the following conditions:
- Bent slitter shaft or inaccurately ground hub assembly surfaces.
- Critical problem with counter-knife drive shaft.
- Slitter blade or counter-knife blade inner diameter too large.
- Slitter blade or counter-knife blade inner bore not concentric with outer dimension.
- Debris under slitter-knife/counter-knife blade mount.
- Slitter-knife or counter-knife hub inner dimension too large (loose fit on rotating assembly)
- Blade hub bearings worn.
To illustrate how critical it is to have a clean accurately fit blade, consider that a particle or a metal
burr of 0.001 in. on a 2 in. diameter hub will cause an axial wobble of 0.004 in. at the perimeter of an
8 in. diameter blade.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Troubleshooting

CHAPTER 9

Pag. 317 ( 24 )
Version: 1.0

MEASURING RUN OUT


Measuring run out accurately is simple, the most useful instrument for determining the amount and
type of run out is a dial indicator mounted on a magnetic base. Typical dial indicators have a
resolution of 0.001 in. This resolution is sufficiently accurate. The instrument should be equipped with
an articulated support necessary for the proper alignment/set-up of the instrument to measure axial
and radial run out.
When taking measurements, it is important to identify blade run out and equipment run out as two
separate elements of the total run out condition. A.Celli Nonwovens s.p.a. recommends you
determine equipment run out first.
FRONT SLITTER-KNIFE
Check the front slitter-knife rotating assembly for straightness and roundness and confirm that the
bearings are running true before checking the blades. Blade mounting hubs and axles are more
difficult to check, because of their short length and inaccessibility. Because front slitter-knives are
more susceptible to damage during the slitting process (material jam up and bearing wear), they
require more than the usual attention when checking run out. After that equipment run out is
determined, blade run out can be checked. This is usually a verification that the blades are accurate
and that the assembled blades are running true.
COUNTER - KNIFE
Blade mounting hubs should be checked in a lathe or similar accurate holding device (A.Celli
Nonwovens s.p.a. Set-up Bench) that allows rotation of the hub while taking dial indicated readings.
Performing this reading on the rewinder introduces too many external variables to provide and
accurate reading. Hubs should be checked for roundness of bore and accuracy of blade mounting
relative to bore axial wobble of the blade mounting surface.
The screws that bolt the counter-knife blade to the mounting hub should be tightened using a torque
wrench set at 28 Nm (21 Ft-lbs).
After an initial nip check the blades with the dial indicator for run out. If there is no indication of run
tightening the bolts until the torque wrench reaches its release point.
Check the blade one last time and verify if there is any run out.
The total run out should fall within the maximum allowable run out tolerance determined by the
individual application requirements.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Troubleshooting

CHAPTER 9

Pag. 318 ( 24 )
Version: 1.0

HOW IS SLIT QUALITY AFFECTED BY RUN OUT?


The position of the counter-knives determines the location of the slit line and therefore, any axial run
out will be the causes of an out of tolerance or a wavy slit line; depending on the amount of
eccentricity.
The wavy edge causes the characteristic annular rings called slitter bands on the face of the roll.
The number and placement of the rings corresponds to the geometric relationship between the slit
edge caused by the wobble in the blade and the circumference of the wound roll.
Radial run out of the counter-knife in a tangential slitting system raises the slitting surface under the
web.
This increases web tension across the counter-knife blade and promotes a splitting tendency of the
slit point.

This will scuff and mark the underside of the sensitive webs.
Alternatively, if the counter-knife blade falls below the web, it will cause a burst slit by the top blade.

Slits made in this manner will display alternately clean and then ragged edges corresponding the
circumference of the counter-knife blade.
Radial run out causes blade rims and cut points to shift from their ideal locations, producing ragged,
dusty, stretched slit edges.
9.2.7.4

CANT ANGLE

Cant angle settings on tangential shear slitters can be the most misused adjustment and is the cause
for poor slitting and reduced blade life. The need for cant angle adjustment capability in shear slitters
is a required feature, unfortunately not all operators are aware of the optimum angle for their
application. Attempting the adjustment of the cant angle is not easy and requires a precise setting.
There are several factors important to cant angle.
In this section we will attempt to understand cant angle and its effects on the slitting process.

WHAT IS CANT ANGLE?


Cant angle, (aka toe-in) is the angular relationship between the counter-knife blade and the front
slitter blade.
It is the angle at which the nip point between slitter blades is chosen to perform a clean slit.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Troubleshooting

CHAPTER 9

Pag. 319 ( 24 )
Version: 1.0

EN

WHY IS CANT ANGLE REQUIRED?


Cant angle is necessary to ensure positive cut point contact and compensates for any slitter
misalignment.
When the edges of the blades are in contact, the cant angle is positive. When the trailing edges of the
blades in contact the cant angle is negative.
A negative cant angle will not slit causing the web to bunch up with the possibility of damaging the
blade.
Front slitterknife holders need to be checked regularly for looseness and misalignment as this has the
potential for allowing the front slitter blade to angle away (move away) from the cut point, causing
material tears at the slit point rather than a clean slit.

HOW MUCH CANT ANGLE IS REQUIRED?


Certain materials are sensitive to cant angle while others slit well without any concern with toe-in.
Elongation, elasticity and fiber orientation are important factors when determining the correct cant
angle.
Generally a low elongation factor will require less cant angle and a higher elongation factor will
require a higher cant angle.
Low elongation material would include :
- Cellulose and paper products
- Low stretch plastic sheets such as polyester and resin bonded products
Cant angles for these products should not be more 1.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Troubleshooting

CHAPTER 9

Pag. 320 ( 24 )
Version: 1.0

PROBLEMS CAUSED BY EXCESSIVE CANT ANGLES


High cant angles create problems in two areas :
- Shortened blade life.
- Increased web damage in the slit line (fuzz)
When two overlapping blades are inclined towards each other, the cant angle (toe-in) reduces the
area of contact to an extremely small load-bearing surface. In these conditions it is very easy to
exceed the yield strength on the steel in the blade. This will result in chipped blade edges. Higher cant
angles also means more wear to the counter-knife blade.

WHAT ARE THE SYMPTOMS OF INCORRECT CANT ANGLE?


Inadequate cant angle is usually recognized better when slitting stretchy material. The problem is
more evident if front slitter blades are flat because of misalignment, which can induce negative angle
to the blade, causing the slit point to open.
To compensate for this, A.Celli Nonwovens s.p.a. front slitter blades are dished and are factory
adjusted. Angles can be changed based on different slitting requirements in increments of 0.5
Generally the factory setting done in A.Celli Nonwovens s.p.a. facility is sufficient to guarantee an
optimal working condition for all nonwovens materials.
9.2.7.5

UNDERSTANDING SIDE LOAD

It is important to understand side load and how it affects the life of the slitters. In shear slitting two
metal blades are in contact, both rotating at high speeds. The wear of the blades is influenced by the
accuracy in the side loading mechanism.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Troubleshooting

CHAPTER 9

Pag. 321 ( 24 )
Version: 1.0

EN

Dished Blade

Pos.

Description

Dished Blade

Dished measure

Dished blades are required for systems that have blades that tilt or shift away when sided loaded.
The force between the two blades must be controllable and should be precisely adjusted to maintain
the slitting function. The lateral force holding the front slitter blade to the counter-knife blade is
referred to as side load between blades. The front slitter is the side loaded element, while the counterknife is in a fixed position.
The side load is the force of the front slitter (moveble) against the counter-knife (fixed position.)
Proper side load control involves uniform and controllable lateral force. This force is guaranteed by
the specially designed Belleville cup springs.
The Belleville cup springs compensate for lateral run out by keeping the front slitter blade in contact
with the counter-knife blade. The centrifugal force generated by the rotating speed of the slitters is
such that in induces blade shift away from each other.
The springs have one problem though, If they are not correctly adjusted or as in many cases abused
(over tightening) they have a tendency of twisting and popping, the result being a loss in side load
control. The A.Celli Nonwovens s.p.a. slitter system is also equipped with a lateral adjustment block
known as a centring block for the purpose of setting up the correct side load.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 9

Pag. 322 ( 24 )

Sections Title: Troubleshooting

Version: 1.0

This system guarantees a staring point and can with practice guarantee that all slitters are set-up the
same through the width of the machine. This set-up will reduce the risk of front slitter blade over riding
and therefore hitting the face of the counter-knife blade.

Dished Blade

With properly adjusted slitters the side load force required to keep the blades in contact is minimal.
Stretchy materials with high elongation are sensitive to proper blade sharpness and nip point integrity.
If any of these requirements are compromised, operators have a tendency of increasing the side load.
9.2.7.6

BLADES OVERLAPPING

Correct positioning of the front knife holder is essential to obtain the correct blade overlap for optimum
slitting quality. Tangential shear slitters have different requirements. The rub area of the front slitter
blade is the part that penetrates into the web.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Troubleshooting

CHAPTER 9

Pag. 323 ( 24 )
Version: 1.0

EN

Blades overlapped

For most materials the edge of the front slitter blade should not overlap for more than half the
thickness of the counter-knife cutting edge. When the blade is adjusted to the correct overlap, the
cutting edge aligns perfectly with the counter-knife providing optimum slitting quality.
Excessive overlap will place the cut point ahead of the tangent point and create ragged slit edges.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 9

Pag. 324 ( 24 )

Sections Title: Troubleshooting

This page intentionally left blank

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Version: 1.0

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Dismantling

and disposal

CHAPTER 10

Pag. 325 ( 4 )
Version: 1.0

EN

CHAPTER 10. DISMANTLING AND DISPOSAL

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 10

Pag. 326 ( 4 )

Sections Title: Dismantling

and disposal

This page intentionally left blank.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Version: 1.0

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Dismantling

and disposal

CHAPTER 10

Pag. 327 ( 4 )
Version: 1.0

10.1 SAFETY WARNINGS

NOTE
READING THIS CHAPTER ASSUMES, FOR THE PURPOSES OF A SAFE USE OF THE MACHINE,
THE KNOWLEDGE OF WHAT IS CONTAINED IN CHAPTER "GENERAL SAFETY WARNINGS A
PAG. 101".

BEFORE ANY DISASSEMBLY OPERATION PLACE THE MAIN SWITCH TO


"OFF" OR "0" POSITION. DISCONNECT THE POWER SUPPLY. DISCONNECT
THE PNEUMATIC SUPPLY. ALLOW ANY HOT PARTS TO COOL BEFORE
DISASSEMBLING THE MACHINE.

DISPOSAL OF THE BUFFER BATTERY OF EXHAUST LUBRICANTS, OF USED


OIL FILTERS, AND OF THE MATERIALS THAT MAKE UP THE MACHINE MUST
BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE REGULATIONS IN THE COUNTRY OF
INSTALLATION OF THE MACHINE. USE PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
DURING THE DISASSEMBLY AND HANDLING OF THE MACHINE
COMPONENTS.

Obligation to protect hands with gloves.

Obligation to wear a suit to protect the body.

Obligation to wear a safety helmet.

Obligation to wear safety shoes.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Dismantling

CHAPTER 10

Pag. 328 ( 4 )
and disposal

Version: 1.0

10.2 DISASSEMBLY AND DISPOSAL PROCEDURE


- Disconnect the machine from the electric power supply line. Act on the main switch positioned
upstream of the machine power supply line.
- Check with the tools that there is no voltage on the electrical cabinet.
- Disassemble the machine components.
The disposal of components shall occur in accordance with the laws of the country of installation of
the machine.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Spare

parts

CHAPTER 11

Pag. 329 ( 6 )
Version: 1.0

EN

CHAPTER 11. SPARE PARTS

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 11

Pag. 330 ( 6 )

Sections Title: Spare

parts

This page intentionally left blank.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Version: 1.0

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Spare

parts

CHAPTER 11

Pag. 331 ( 6 )
Version: 1.0

11.1 HOW TO ORDER SPARE PARTS


11.1.1 TYPE OF SPARE PARTS
The list of the machine spare parts are divided into:
Pneumatic, electric and hydraulic spare parts
These spare parts lists are not separated according to the single machines but concern the whole
plant.

Mechanical spare parts


Separated according to the single machines.
As for the kind and quantity of the spare parts recommended to be kept in store and to be purchased
together with the machine, refer to the list of the recommended spare parts filled out by A.Celli
Nonwovens s.p.a. Customer Care and sent to the customer before the shipping of the machine.

The data shown in this chapter concerning the quantity of recommended spare parts are approximate;
on the contrary, the list filled out by A.Celli Nonwovens s.p.a. Customer Care is the result of a more
accurate research and analysis.

The main purpose of the lists and the drawings contained in this chapter is to support the customer in
finding the code of every component installed on the machine.

CAUTION
USE ONLY ORIGINAL SPARE PARTS.

NOTE
EVERY OPERATION MADE WITH NOT ORIGINAL MATERIAL AND/OR PERFORMED BY
PERSONNEL NOT EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED BY THE MANUFACTURER WILL PREJUDICE THE
WARRANTY PERIOD COVERAGE AND RELIEVES THE MANUFACTURER FROM ANY LIABILITY
FOR ANY DAMAGE CAUSED TO PEOPLE, ANIMALS OR PROPERTY.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Spare

CHAPTER 11

Pag. 332 ( 6 )
parts

Version: 1.0

11.1.2 SPARE PARTS ORDERING INSTRUCTIONS


All components assembled in A.Celli Nonwovens s.p.a. machines undergo the most severe quality
control and reliability tests, their functioning performances being therefore guaranteed.

To maintain the machine in perfect functioning conditions, it is necessary to follow the ordinary and
extraordinary maintenance procedures indicated in this instruction book and to use only original spare
parts, as the ones suggested by sub-suppliers.

This specific chapter contains the suggested list of spare parts (with reference to the machine groups
and related to mechanical components).
The list includes the suggested spare parts together with their priority.
P = Priority.

Priority nr 1
A.Celli Nonwovens s.p.a. recommends that customers keep these components always in stock;
should they get damaged, in fact, they could not be immediately available in the market. The perfect
working of the machine is strictly dependent on the good functioning of these components.

Priority nr 2
A.Celli Nonwovens s.p.a. recommends that customers keep these components always in stock.
These are not easily available, either. Their chance of getting damaged, however, is minor to those
belonging to Priority 1. The perfect working of the machine is strictly dependent on the good
functioning of these components.
Priority not indicated
A.Celli Nonwovens s.p.a. believes that these components can be easily found on the market, in a
relatively short time. There is minor chance of unexpected failures of these components compared to
components with priority 1 and 2.

Further indications concerning our spare parts lists:


POS.
Indicates the position number related to the number of the reference drawing.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: Spare

parts

CHAPTER 11

Pag. 333 ( 6 )
Version: 1.0

Q.I.
Installed quantity, referred to the machine groups.
To order spare parts it is necessary to report all the identification data of the machine and of the spare
part. This information makes it easier to search and delivery the spare parts, this also avoids
unpleasant misunderstandings.
EN
Please include the following information:
- order number of the Customer
- serial number
- model of the machine
- number in the spare parts table
- part code number
- part description
- quantity
- exact address and name, completed with contact details for the goods delivery.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 11

Pag. 334 ( 6 )

Sections Title: Spare

parts

This page intentionally left blank

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Version: 1.0

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: REEL

HANDLING

CHAPTER 12

Pag. 335 ( 30 )
Version: 1.0

EN

CHAPTER 12. REEL HANDLING

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 12

Pag. 336 ( 30 )

Sections Title: REEL

HANDLING

This page intentionally left blank

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Version: 1.0

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42

CHAPTER 12

Machine: Unwinders and Winder


Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: REEL

Pag. 337 ( 30 )

HANDLING

Version: 1.0

12.1 INFORMATION

The symbols included with the information in this manual are as follows:
ROUND For forbidden or obligatory procedure.

EN

TRIANGULAR For danger warnings.


RECTANGULAR For information.

SAFETY RULES

- Carefully read the labels on the machine, not cover them and replace them immediately if damaged.
- The machine should be used only by authorized and specially trained personnel.
- During the machine operation pay attention to the other people present.
- Use eventual Personal Protective Equipment at the various stages (cleaning, maintenance, etc.).

Types of PPE

Signal

Shoes

Gloves

- In the case of parts replacement, request original spare parts.


- Before any maintenance is indispensable disconnect the electrical power supply of the machine.
- Before using the machine, check that all the doors and the fixed covers are positioned as
indicated in the manual of use and maintenance and that all the safety light curtains (photocells) are
engaged and running.
- Dispose the consumable materials in strict accordance with current rules.
- When the machine is not in use, arrange disposal of the materials that it contains, especially oils,
batteries and electronic components.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42

CHAPTER 12

Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Pag. 338 ( 30 )

Sections Title: REEL

HANDLING

Version: 1.0

- All adjustment settings must be carried out by a single person, and while this work is underway,
unauthorized personnel must not approach the machine.
- After any adjustments settings, all protection systems must be replaced in the original positions as
soon as possible.
- When an intervention is to be made because of a fault or

breakdown, observe all safety

precautions described in this manual to protect all persons or animals from injury, and to prevent
damages to other objects.
- Before beginning any work on the machine pay close attention to the work in hand; the operator
must concentrate on his work and be able to act rapidly when necessary. The operator should
always be rested and in good health to be able to carry out his functions correctly.
Where an operator is not in perfect health and presents a danger risk while running the machine or
any of its accessories, inform the foreman.
- The operator working on the machine must not be under the influence of alcohol, drugs, or
psycho-pharmaceutical medicines.
- The operator must be dressed appropriately for working on the machine, avoiding any type of
clothing or long hair which can be trapped in moving parts.
- Belts, chains, rings and bracelets must not be worn while working on the machine.
- Long hair must be tied back and contained with a hair net.
- Always cleans all machine parts, command buttons and panels, with a soft dry cloth.

PROHIBITED PROCEDURE

Incorrect use of the machine, that is reasonably planned, imposes the obligation to comply with the
following prohibitions:
- It is prohibited to cross the transport conveyors.
- It is prohibited to block or eliminate the safety protections.
- It is prohibited to remove the protections that require the use of tools to be removed.
- It is prohibited to carry out control checks while the machine is running.
- It is prohibited to sit on the protection systems provided.
- It is prohibited to lean on the machine while running.
- It is prohibited to sit on machine components.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: REEL

HANDLING

CHAPTER 12

Pag. 339 ( 30 )
Version: 1.0

- It is prohibited to use the machine, or any of its components, in any way other than the function
described in the manual.
- It is prohibited to change or modify any machine parts.
- It is prohibited mount any additional components on the machine.
- It is prohibited to use any kind of solvent, alcohol, fuel or diluents when cleaning the machine
surfaces.
- It is prohibited for repairs or maintenance to be carried our by non qualified personnel.
- Never for any reason place hands, arms or other parts of the body near any moving machine
parts.
- Disable persons must not work on this machine.
- Personnel under the age of 18 must not work on this machine.

ATTENTION! The company will not be held responsible for any malfunction or damage
caused by neglecting to follow the instructions included in this manual.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: REEL

CHAPTER 12

Pag. 340 ( 30 )
HANDLING

Version: 1.0

12.2 GENERAL INFORMATION

This manual has been drawn up in compliance with the following standards regulations:
- 2006/42/CE Machinery Instructions and following modifications.
- UNI EN 415-1: 2014
Safety of packaging machines.
Terminology and classification of packaging machines and associated equipment.
- UNI EN 415-6: 2013
Safety of packaging machines.
Pallet wrapping machines.
- UNI EN 415-9: 2010
Safety of packaging machines.
Noise measurement methods for packaging machines, packaging lines and associated
equipment, grade of accuracy 2 and 3.
- UNI EN 415-10: 2014
Safety of packaging machines.
General requirements.
- CEI EN 60204-1
Electrical equipment for industrial machinery.
- UNI EN ISO 12100:2010
Safety of machinery.
General principles for design.
Risk assessment and risk reduction.
- 2004/108/EC Instructions concerning electro-magnetic compatibility.
- Established laws covering protection systems and safety precautions.

This manual is considered as an integral part of the machine.


For the whole period of the machine's working life, the manual must be kept carefully in a
handy place for consulting at any time.
It must be read carefully before any operations are to be carried out on the machine.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: REEL

HANDLING

CHAPTER 12

Pag. 341 ( 30 )
Version: 1.0

All important information concerning their particular work on the machine must be
communicated to operators and other personnel.
All instruction concerning safety precautions for personnel are written in heavy script.

EUROPEAN STANDARDS APPLIED TO WORKING AREAS AND IMPORTANT POSITIONS

Only authorised staff, who knows the function and safety measures of the machine, can enter to the
working area.
The structural perimeter of the machine is made in accordance with the European standards:

UNI EN ISO 12100:2010


Safety of machinery.
General principles for design.
Risk assessment and reduction.

UNI EN ISO 13857:2008


Safety of machinery.
Safety distances to be prevent hazard zones being reached by upper and lower limbs.

UNI EN 349: 2008


Safety of the machinery.
Minimum gaps to prevent any parts of the body from being crushed

UNI EN 953: 2009


Safety of the machinery
Guards General requirements for the design and the construction of fixed and moving
guards.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: REEL

CHAPTER 12

Pag. 342 ( 30 )
HANDLING

Version: 1.0

12.3 SYSTEM COMPONENTS

ZONE A
Gr. SHA

- Shuttle

SHUTTLE Gr. SHA


This shuttle receives the stacks from rolling device, it moves them, pulls out the rod, recovers the
tails and finally unloading them onto the shuttle packaging.

TECHNICAL DATA
- Min. stack diameter

mm 150

- Max. stack diameter

mm 1500

- Min. stack size

mm 1000

- Max. stack size

mm 2200

- Max. stack weight (shaft 3")

Kg 1000

- Max. stack number

17

- Min. single stack size

mm 100

- Max. single stack size

mm 2200

- Max. transportable size

mm 2200

ZONE B
Gr. PLB

- Platform
- Lifting platform

Gr. PLB - A

- Platform

Gr. PLB - B

- Platform

Gr. PLB - C

- Lifting belt

Gr. PLB - D

- Parapet

Gr. PAR - B

LIFTING PLATFORM Gr. PLB - A


The functions of the lifting platform are: provide to the unwinder the PE reels, remove the shafts and
unload the faulty stack to the platform.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: REEL

HANDLING

CHAPTER 12

Pag. 343 ( 30 )
Version: 1.0

PLATFORM Gr. PLB - B


The functions of this platform are: provide to the unwinder the PE reels, remove the shafts and / or
the faulty stack.
LIFTING BELT Gr. PLB - D

EN

The functions of the lifting platform are: provide to the unwinder the PE reels and unload the faulty
stack to the platform.
TECHNICAL DATA
- Min. stack diameter

mm 95

- Max. stack diameter

mm 1200

- Min. stack size

mm 1000

- Max. stack size

mm 2200

- Max. stack weight (shaft 3")

Kg 1000

- Max. stack weight (shaft 6")

Kg 2300

ZONE C
Gr. SHC

- Shuttle

SHUTTLE Gr. SHC


This shuttle provide to the unwinder the NW stacks and remove the exhausted stack.

TECHNICAL DATA
- Min. stack diameter

mm 95

- Max. stack diameter

mm 1500

- Min. stack size

mm 1000

- Max. stack size

mm 2200

- Max. stack weight (shaft 3")

Kg 800

- Max. stack weight (shaft 6")

Kg 900

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 12

Pag. 344 ( 30 )

Sections Title: REEL

HANDLING

Version: 1.0

GENERAL SECTION

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
- Power supply voltage

400V AC- 50 Hz

- Total power installed

W 8200

- Current consumption at 400 V AC

A 14,9

12.4 GENERAL SAFETY PLAN


WORKING AREAS AND IMPORTANT POSITIONS

OPERATOR POSITIONS:
Reference Drawing: GR 001

The machine has been designed and built to be used by several operators.

The working range of the machine is delimited by its structural perimeter and this includes the
following areas:
ZONE A

The area next to the shuttle tracks.


ZONE B

The area next to the control desk and the control panels.
ZONE C

The area next to the control desk and the control panels.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: REEL

HANDLING

CHAPTER 12

Pag. 345 ( 30 )
Version: 1.0

NOTE: It is possible to enter the guarded areas only under certain specific conditions of the
machine status.

EN

12.5 PACKING INFORMATION


Before delivery to the customer, this machine is disassembled and the various parts are filmed with
plastic film and strapped.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: REEL

CHAPTER 12

Pag. 346 ( 30 )
HANDLING

Version: 1.0

All packed machine parts are strapped or bound so that they are blocked against movement
during transport and handling which could cause damage or injury to the personnel.

12.6 TRANSPORT
The machine can be transported as follows:
- delivered to the customer by the manufacturer;
- delivered to the customer through a transport company;
- transport by the customer using his own means.

PRECAUTIONS TO BE USED DURING TRANSPORT

The following precautions must be observed when transporting the machine:


- never place other material on the machine load in order to prevent machine damage or
upsetting load balance;
- never cut the straps which prevent the load from shifting or falling;
- all delicate machine parts that may be exposed to damage from accidental contact during
transport, must be visibly marked on wrapping film with red paint.

All these instructions are printed on a special card attached to the various packed parts.
The handling equipment must be adequate for the weight and size of the load to be raised.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: REEL

HANDLING

CHAPTER 12

Pag. 347 ( 30 )
Version: 1.0

12.7 HANDLING
All machine, or machine component handling must be carried out by expert personnel (crane and
fork lift drivers). Slinging and handling means must be adequate for the volume and weight of the
crate as marked on the identification plate and/or the machine data sheet.
EN
Shuttles Gr. SHA & Gr. SHC
Where the crate is raised using cables, check the cable strength and make sure the cables are
securely attached to the guide pulleys or to the machine chassis.
Take care that the forks do not interfere/damage parts of the conveyor (motor, cylinders, guides
etc..).

If the operators view is blocked during transport and handling because of size or volume, place a
second person to clear the transit areas and give instructions.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: REEL

CHAPTER 12

Pag. 348 ( 30 )
HANDLING

Version: 1.0

Platform
The platform is divided in several parts, to be moved better.
Where the machine is to be handled using a fork lift, take care that the forks do not interfere /
damage parts of the platform (motor, cylinders, guides etc..).

Where the crate is raised using cables, check the cable strength and make sure the cables are
securely attached to the guide pulleys or to the machine chassis

If the operators view is blocked during transport and handling because of a crate size or volume,
place a second person to clear the transit areas and give instructions.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: REEL

HANDLING

CHAPTER 12

Pag. 349 ( 30 )
Version: 1.0

12.8 SAFETY MEASURES


The machine is equipped with two types of safety protections:
Working safety protection
designed to eliminate possibility of injury to the operators:
EN
Safety light curtain (see chapter 8).
Sensible bumper for shuttle.
Red emergency button: it is strongly recommended to keep the area near the emergency button
free for immediate access.
Nets protections with system of safety limit switch and a special access door.
Warning signal lights to show when machine is on line.
Red flashing lamp for emergency signalling.

Functional protections
designed to avoid damage to machine structure and installation:

Limit switches and mechanical stops.


Protective thermal switches on motor and fuses inside electrical board.

All the area around the machine control panel must be left free of any material or objects
and the flooring marked out with red paint to show free area.

It is severely prohibited to limit, or tamper with any safety device or sensor on the machine,
or to use them for any function other than those for which they were designed. All safety
protections should be regularly checked and maintained in efficient condition.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: REEL

CHAPTER 12

Pag. 350 ( 30 )
HANDLING

Version: 1.0

12.9 MACHINE INSTALLATION


- Check that the packing on the machine is free from damage and breakage; if the packing has
been damaged check the contents carefully and where necessary advise the manufacturer
immediately.
- Place all machine parts for easy and safe access for the operator during handling operations.
Before machine installation, check that the area destined for machine installation is large
enough to consent easy access and movement around the machine.
- Clean the machine carefully, removing all dust, dirt and grease, and check that all parts are in
correct condition (e.g. photocells and control panel).
- Place the machine on a perfectly level floor.
- Fixed the lateral protections wired.
- Place the safety light curtain (see Figure).

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: REEL

HANDLING

CHAPTER 12

Pag. 351 ( 30 )
Version: 1.0

Warn the operators of all danger of trapping or crushing upper and lower limbs in machine
parts, plus risks for machine damage. Before connecting the machine to the main supply
line, check that the machine voltage is the same as that of the main line: V400 Hz50 3ph +
PE.

Before starting up the machine, check that the earth wire has been correctly connected.
Lack or incorrect connection can cause risk of electrical shock and irreparable damage to
the electrical components.

- Wire the cables to the electrical items on the machine and to the terminal blocks in the control
cabinet.
- Check that the motors are turning in the correct direction, in case of fault disconnect from the main
line and invert any two of the 3 phase wires between them.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: REEL

CHAPTER 12

Pag. 352 ( 30 )
HANDLING

Version: 1.0

12.10MACHINE START UP
Before connecting the wrapping machine to the electrical net, check that the electrical
tension is: V400 Hz50 3 phase + PE.
- Wire the cables to the electrical items on the machine and to the terminal blocks in the control
cabinet.
- Connect the machine to the plant of the compressed air.
- Check that EMERGENCY push-button is not pressed.
- Check that the line is in manual run.
- Check that safety photocells are not obscured.

12.11AUTOMATIC FUNCTION

Check that the work area is completely free and that no danger risks are present for the
operator (trapping or crushing of members).

Shuttle Gr. SHA


a) The arrival of the stack on the shuttle will activate the sensor of presence stack.
b) The two reel keepers shuttle close automatically. When the reel keepers are closed, the
extractor moves to the upstroke position of the clamp.
A photocell detects the rod slowing the ascent.
Reached the contact position between the clamp and the rod, the ascent is stopped and the rod is
locked.
Now the rod is deflated until the pressure switch will signal the completion of this operation.
c) Now the extractor automatically performs the extraction of rod from the stack.
d) Extracted the rod, the operator moves the shuttle from pos. "P1" to pos. "P2 - out of line."
e) After reaching the position "P2 - out of line" the stack is unloaded on the packaging shuttle.
f) After unloading the stack, the operator rotates the stack plane supporting in the receiving position
and stack presence not engaged

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: REEL

HANDLING

CHAPTER 12

Pag. 353 ( 30 )
Version: 1.0

g) The bridge crane brings the rods with cores in the warehouse, the extractor is at rest and the
operator has the conditions to bring the shuttle in position.

Platform Gr. PLB


a) The operator, using a forklift with the pole, brings a new reel PE in the loading area of the lifting
belt "Gr.PLB-D" and deposits it on the supporting plane "V" of the same.
b) The operator drives up the lifting belt to align it with the belts mounted inside the line and opens
the door to the parapet "Gr.PAR-B" (operation only possible if the gate of access is closed and
interlocked).
c) With the door open the external belts move the stack until it is in contact with the adjustable side
rail. This adjustment serves to center the stack over the unwinder (activating the position sensor).
d) The operator, using the appropriate pushbutton box, moves the stack from the platform "Gr.PLBB" to the lift platform "Gr.PLB-A".
e) The arrival of the stack on the lift platform "Gr.PLB-A" will activate the sensor of presence stack.
f) The operator raises the lift platform of the stacks as necessary to align the shaft with the
unwinder chucks.
g) Once closed the chucks, the operator lowers the lift platform of the stacks until to enable the
position sensor.

Shuttle Gr. SHC


a) The operator, using a forklift with the pole, load the TNT stack on the rolls of the shuttle.
b) The arrival of the stack on the shuttle will activate the sensor of presence stack.
c) The operator commands the opening of the access door to the unwinder zone.
d) The operator controls the movement of the shuttle from pos. "P10" to pos. "P11" by activating the
mechanical sensor.
e) The operator commands the lifting of the stack transport plane until to align the cardboard core
with the tailstocks of the unwinder.
f) Once closed the tailstocks, the transport plane of the stacks is lowered to close the platform,
activating the position sensor.
g) Only with active position sensor you can close the gateway to the unwinder.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 12

Pag. 354 ( 30 )

Sections Title: REEL

HANDLING

12.12TROUBLE SHOOTING
When there is a fault, the emergency light is flashing and the siren sounds.
Shuttle Gr. SHA
THE SHUTTLE DO NOT MOVE
1) The access door to unwinder zone is closed.
2) Check the function of the presence sensor.
TRANSPORT PLAN DOES NOT INCREASE
1) The stack is not centered.
TRANSPORT PLAN DOES NOT DECREASE
1) The chucks are not closed.

Platform Gr. PLB


THE LIFT PLATFORM DOES NOT INCREASE
1) The stack is not centered.
THE LIFT PLATFORM DOES NOT DECREASE
1) The chucks are not closed.

Shuttle Gr. SHC


THE SHUTTLE DO NOT MOVE
1) The stack is not centered.
2) Check the unloading arms position.
3) Check the shaft position.
4) Check the vice position.
5) Check the status of the inflation cylinder.
6) Check the overhead crane position.
THE SHUTTLE IS NOT ALIGNED
1) Check the function of the sensor.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Version: 1.0

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42

CHAPTER 12

Machine: Unwinders and Winder


Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: REEL

Pag. 355 ( 30 )

HANDLING

Version: 1.0

12.13MAINTENANCE
To ensure correct technical, product and safe machine conditions

and long working life, the

machine must be checked regularly and maintained correctly.


This machine has been designed with all protective systems to prevent all injury to the operator if
the machine is used correctly.

EN

All repairs and maintenance must be carried out by skilled and experienced personnel.
Do not wear loose clothing which can be caught up in moving machine parts.
It is advisable to wear a closefitting overall.

Never remove or change any protective systems without the written consent of the
manufacturer.

In cases where is not possible to disconnect the machine, take great care when carrying out
maintenance operations, and inform the operator of all danger risks during these operation
(electrical shock, trapping or crushing in moving parts).
If work need to be carried out with the machine connected, a second person must assist the
maintenance personnel in case of accident near the electrical panel.

Never leave tools or other objects on or around

the machine when carrying out

maintenance operations.

REGULAR MAINTENANCE OPERATIONS


It is advisable to adopt a precautionary maintenance program, controlling the following points,
according to a regular time table.
When compressed air is needed for cleaning operations, take care that no foreign matter is blown

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: REEL

CHAPTER 12

Pag. 356 ( 30 )
HANDLING

Version: 1.0

into the moving parts.


- Never lubricate any points which are not deliberately mentioned in this manual.
- Check the chain tension regularly controlling the tensioners.
- After any setting operation, tighten the lock screws carefully.
Daily checks:
- clean photocells thoroughly.
Every 200 hours:
- lubricate all bearings and rollers using the appropriate tools;
- lubricate chains, guides and wheels;
- check that all bolts are tightened correctly.

GEAR UNITS
The gear units are supplied by the factory, or by authorized dealers, already filled with synthetic oil.
In the absence of contamination, the synthetic lubricant supplied by the factory, does not require
periodical changes throughout the lifetime of the gear unit.
Operation of gear units is permitted at ambient temperatures between -20C and +40C.
However, for temperatures between -20C and -10C unit may only start up after it has been
progressively and evenly pre-heated, or otherwise initially operated unloaded.
Load may then connected to the output shaft when the gear unit has reached the temperature of 10C or higher.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: REEL

CHAPTER 12

Pag. 357 ( 30 )

HANDLING

Version: 1.0

12.14SETTING AND REPLACEMENT OF WORN OR BROKEN


COMPONENTS

EN
All repairs and maintenance must be carried out by skilled and experienced personnel.
Do not wear loose clothing which can be caught up in moving machine parts.
It is advisable to wear a close-fitting overall.

PRECAUTIONS: before carrying out any type of repairs or maintenance, switch off

the

machine by turning the switch to 0 position, and where possible disconnect the machine
from the main supply.
Also disconnect the compressed air supply by closing the main supply tap, and empty all air
from the circuit through the condensation drain.

SETTING
- To center photocells, proceed as follows:
1) Loosen the fixing screws and turn the photocell so that the reflector is centered correctly. If the
centering is correct, the photocell LED will light up. If not, repeat the operation.

- To set the magnetic sensors, proceed as follows:


1) Loosen the fixing screw of the magnetic sensor and set it in the cylinder limit switch position.
2) Tighten the screw without damaging the thread, and the machine is ready for use.

-To set the magnetic sensors, proceed as follows:


1) Loosen the fixing screw of the magnetic sensor and set it in the cylinder end-of-run position.
2) Tighten the screw without damaging the thread, and the machine is ready for use.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

CHAPTER 12

Pag. 358 ( 30 )

Sections Title: REEL

HANDLING

Version: 1.0

REPLACEMENT OF WORN OR BROKEN COMPONENTS

MOTOR REDUCERS
- First of all, read the instructions in the paragraph PRECAUTIONS.
- Now loosen the fixing screws of the motors reducer.
- Use a fork lift and straps to bind the motor reducer, both on the motor side and shaft side to avoid
damage or injury. Raise and transport to workshop for replacement of the worn or broken part.
- Take the replacement part from stock and replace it on the machine, screwing in on to the special
attachment plate, then follow all instructions provided in the paragraph concerning setting
operations.

CYLINDERS
- First of all, read the instructions provided in the paragraph PRECAUTIONS.
- Using a spanner, press down on the connection joint to free the supply and/or discharge hosing.
- Loosen the cylinder attachment pin and the fork pin.
- Check the damage, then send to the manufacturer for repairs.
- Once it has been repaired, proceed with replacement operations by fixing the 2 pins of the
cylinder, insert the 2 compressed air supply hoses, then regulate the magnetic sensor as described
previously in the paragraph: setting operations.

ROLLERS
- First of all, read the instructions provided in the paragraph PRECAUTIONS.
- Now loosen the fixing bolts of the worn or damaged roller from the roller frame.
- Raise the roller upwards, remove it from the chain taking care not to break the roller pinion.
- Replace the roller, inserting it in the chain, taking care not to break the roller pinion.
- Tighten the bolts carefully.

IDLE/NEUTRAL ROLLER
- Loosen the two fixing screws and remove the roller to be changed. Take the new roller and attach
it in place correctly with its screws.
PHOTOCELLS
- As always, refer to and fallow the instruction in PRECAUTIONS.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: REEL

CHAPTER 12

Pag. 359 ( 30 )

HANDLING

Version: 1.0

- Disconnect the wiring connected to the photocell (remember to respect the same connection order
when mounting the new photocell).
- Loosen the fixing screws and replace the photocell with the replacement.
- Tighten the screws correctly connect the wiring to the relative terminals in the previous order. To
center the photocell, refer to the paragraph describing setting operations
EN
LIMIT SWITCHES
- Refer to and follow the instructions in PRECAUTIONS.
- Disconnect the connection wiring to the limit switch (remember to respect the same order when
replacing the new limit switch).
- Loosen the fixing screws.
- Place the new limit switch in position and connect the wiring in the previous order.
SENSOR OF PROXIMITY SWITCHES
- Refer to and follow the instructions in PRECAUTIONS.
- Loosen the 2 fixing screws attached to the bracket.
- Disconnect the connection wiring from the branching box taking care to respect the pole order.
- Replace the sensor of proximity switch with a new switch, tightening the nuts correctly but without
damaging the sensor of proximity threading. For setting see paragraph setting.

VALVES
- Refer to and follow the instructions in PRECAUTIONS.
- Using a spanner, press down on the connection joint to free the supply and/or discharge hosing.
- Disconnect the connections from the coil (remember to respect the same order when mounting
the new coil).
- Loosen the fixing screws, replace the valve with the new replacement if this is a complete
electrovalve; if it were only the coil to replace, loosen the fixing nut attached to the electrovalve
body, remove and replace in the same way it was removed.
- Take care to connect it in the previous connection.
- Attach in the previous position with the fixing screws, connect the air hosing and supply the circuit
with compressed air.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: REEL

CHAPTER 12

Pag. 360 ( 30 )
HANDLING

Version: 1.0

12.15MACHINE DISMANTLING

When the machine is not in use, take all the precautions described in the handling chapter after
having carried out the following procedure:
- Disconnect the machine supply wiring and compressed air hosing;
- transport with a fork lift or crane to a secluded area where it does not hinder normal working
conditions (stocking area).
- Cover the machine completely with polyethylene film if the machine has not been destined for
dismantling.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: REEL

HANDLING

CHAPTER 12

Pag. 361 ( 30 )
Version: 1.0

12.16ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION
All material used in the electrical installation on board this machine comply with CEI EN 60204 - 1
EN 418 standards and regulations.
All materials have an IP 54 protection rating.
The machine is complete with electrical scheme and electrical component information included in
this manual (see additional documents).

In any EMERGENCY situation, press the red emergency hand button to arrest all machine
action instantly.

ZONE C +ECT CONTROL PANEL

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

EN

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: REEL

CHAPTER 12

Pag. 362 ( 30 )
HANDLING

Version: 1.0

1) POWER ON white pilot LED


When the machine is on line this light is on.
2) EMERGENCY STOP red hand button
In the case of any danger or malfunction of the machine, press this button completely
inwards, it will stop and cut out the whole machine.
The danger signal is shown by a flashing light located above the electrical cabinet.
To release this emergency push button, turn it in the direction shown by the arrow.
3) MAIN SWITCH
To place the machine on line, turn the on the electrical cabinet from 0 rest position to position 1.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: REEL

HANDLING

CHAPTER 12

Pag. 363 ( 30 )
Version: 1.0

ZONE C CB1 PUSH BUTTONS BOX

EN

1) SHUTTLE PLANE UPSTROKE black hand button


Pressed simultaneously with the button "SHUTTLE 2nd HAND" permits the upstroke of the shuttle
plane.
2) SHUTTLE SIDE MOVE BWD/FWD black selector
Permits the side move of the shuttle.
3) SHUTTLE BUMPERS RESET blue light push button
When pushed, it brings electrical power to auxiliary circuits of the bumpers of the shuttle: the blue
lamp inside the push button will be illuminated.
4) SHUTTLE PLANE DOWNSTROKE black hand button
Pressed simultaneously with the button "SHUTTLE 2nd HAND" permits the downstroke of the
shuttle plane.
5) EMERGENCY red hand button
In the case of any danger or malfunction of the machine, press this button completely
inwards, it will stop and cut out the whole machine.
The danger signal is shown by a flashing light located above the electrical cabinet.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: REEL

CHAPTER 12

Pag. 364 ( 30 )
HANDLING

Version: 1.0

To release this emergency push button, turn it in the direction shown by the arrow.
- SHUTTLE PLANE 2nd HAND black button
Pressed simultaneously with the hand button "SHUTTLE PLANE UPSTROKE" (item 1) or
"SHUTTLE PLANE DOWNSTROKE" (item 4), permits the vertical movement of the shuttle plane.

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42


Machine: Unwinders and Winder
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: REEL

HANDLING

CHAPTER 12

Pag. 365 ( 1 )
Version: 1.0

EN

This page intentionally left blank

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

Serial Number: 2014039_40_41_42

CHAPTER 12

Machine: name
Customer Lidersan Saglik

Sections Title: REEL

Pag. 366 ( 2 )
HANDLING

Version: 1.0

A.CELLI NONWOVENS S.p.A.


Via Romana Ovest, 252
55016 PORCARI
LUCCA - ITALY

La presente documentazione di propriet della A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, ogni riproduzione anche parziale, vietata.
This document is the property of A.Celli Nonwovens Spa, any reproduction, even partial, is prohibited.

You might also like